Home

User manual of VideoCAD_7 Lite in PDF format

1. e Model blur and distortion 24 of moving 3D models depending on camera parameters e Create animated monitor models 239 as html files with moving 3D models and different frame rates of each camera Download VideoCAD Professional demo version 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter 3 General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter VideoCAD Starter the easiest low cost version of VideoCAD VideoCAD Starter is less demanding of computer resources because of absence of resource intensive tools VideoCAD Starter is registered only by personal registration code This code doesn t depend on computer hardware or a dongle This code is valid on any computer VideoCAD Starter can not be upgraded to more powerful Lite and Professional versions VideoCAD Starter is also offered in the VideoCAD Starter Kit It is a kit of three programs at the special price including VideoCAD Starter e IP Camera CCTV Calculator VideoCAD Plugin for Google SketchUp With VideoCAD Starter you can Choose the most suitable lenses heights and locations for camera installation to provide the required parameters of view areas Calculate the horizontal projection sizes of view areas to draw them on the location plan Display by separate colors different regi
2. If Ctrl is pressed at clicking the objects within the selection window are inverted on the contrary state of those not hitting in the selection window remains the same It is possible to select objects by one by clicking their image once thus enabling the earlier selected objects to revert to normal state If Ctrl is pressed at clicking the objects are inverted and the state of the rest remains the 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite same During construction 3D sceneshed it is often necessary to place some constructions one over another at a different height made by means of different line types lrs To select one or more construction located one over another made by means of different line types e make the line type panelh4 visible for example by double clicking any construction e choose on the panel the line type of construction you want to select select the construction by clicking Just repeat clicking at the same place without moving the cursor Thus objects under the cursor will be selected sequentially To move objects on the foreground or background use menu items Bring to frontft3 Send to back E Selected objects can be moved To move the selected objects bring the cursor to the selected one press the left mouse button and move the selected objects After finishing the moving release left mouse button To cancel selection click this button again To select all o
3. C 105 107 Cable 186 246 Cable box 246 Cable brand 205 206 Cable laying 105 107 Cable report 45 105 107 246 cable segment 206 Cables 75 105 107 cables of loaded camera 81 Cables only 208 Calculate shadow for active camera 198 Calculate shadow for active camera once 198 Calculate shadow from 3D models 198 Calculate shadows for active camera 105 107 calculated parameters 150 153 Calculating lengths of cables 246 Calculating lengths of cables and getting Cable report 213 CALCULATING SHADOWS IN THE VIEW AREA 45 calculation method 220 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Index 277 Calculation of camera view area parameters 213 219 Calculation of cameras parameters and choice of their relative locations 213 220 Calculation of horizontal projections of person detection identification and license plate reading areas 259 calculation of IR illuminator 232 calculation of shadows from 3D models 240 Calculation of variants of cameras placing 220 calculation of visible light luminaire 232 calculation with incorrect values 150 calibrated lens 227 Calibrated manual iris lens 227 Call Help information 148 Camera 105 107 171 194 Camera and Illuminator 185 camera degradation 192 Camera field of vew 41 Camera Geometry 80 81 105 107 214 Camera Geometry box 150 219 220 221 Cameraicon 195 Camera installation height 214 Camera installation parameters 152 153 Camera list 73 80
4. e Choose the best positions and calculate control areas of PTZ cameras 242 Dome cameras and 360 degree cameras 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 32 VideoCAD Lite e Calculate the image size on display of any object in camera view area in percentage of display size pixels TV lines and millimetres inches in case of Imperial format e Get detailed adjustable table of all initial and calculated parameters of cameras in project Print the table or export it to txt csv rtf xls htm formats 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter 33 Color Model Forme Camera 1 Layout 1 KPC S230C ini color HAD CCD 1 3 Camera 2 Layout 1 KPC 5230C ini color HAD CCD 1 3 Camera 3 Layout 1 KPC 230C ini color HAD CCD 1 3 Camera 4 Layout 1 TK C925E 4mm screen menu day night IT CCD 11 3 Camera 5 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm screen menu day night IT CCD 143 Camera 6 Layout 1 TK C925E 8mm screen menu day night IT CCD 1143 Camera 7 Layout 1 WAT 137HL HIGH AGC b w Exview HAD 1 3 Camera 8 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm screen menu day night IT CCD 3 Camera 9 Layout 1 TK C925E 1 6mm screen menu i IT CCD ce Camera 10 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm screen menu i IT CCD 1 3 Camera 11 Layout 1 _ TK C925E 16mm screen menu day night _IT CCD Camera12 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm screen menu fixed VHS day night ITCCD 1 3 Camer
5. 2 Mount lens F1 2 on the camera mount the camera on stand direct it towards sheet of paper connect to computer display image on the screen If the camera allows mounting only mini lenses M12 mount a mini lens with known aperture F2 0 3 Reduce contrast of the monitor to 50 70 of maximum 4 Close to the sensor window directly on the sensor fix a small piece of crumpled white paper 5 Switch ON the projector 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 231 6 By changing the distance from the projector to the luxmeter sensor obtain the image on the screen with a little bleeding whites on the bends of the rumpled sheet of paper You must not change the lamp supply voltage It should be equal to nominal lamp supply voltage Change Illumination only be means of distance variation between the lamp and the sheet of paper Be sure that the luxmeter sensor window and the small piece of paper on the sensor have visually equal illumination 7 Record the maximum illumination according to the luxmeter reading Maximum illumination for black white cameras wth 1 3 CCD image sensor with exposure range of the electronic shutter up to 1 100000s and lens with the aperture F1 2 make approximately 20000 30000Ix It allows using these cameras indoor with any lenses or outdoor with auto iris lenses or lenses wth maximal aperture no more than F2 5 Maximum illumination for high quality color cameras
6. 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional 3 1 General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional VideoCAD is a multifunctional tool for professional video surveillance system design modeling parameters of video image and video equipment VideoCAD allows even the beginners to use the new opportunities appearing to be hard to obtain without it due to the complexity of calculations and therefore not being used even by the skilled engineers of CCTV VideoCAD practically boosts the quality of CCTV design to a new level which appears to be beyond any competition with those lacking the program With VideoCAD you can e Choose the most suitable lenses heights and locations for camera installation to provide the required parameters of view areas E Camera geometry Camera 34 E Camera geometry Camera 2 254 1 3 V Projection Quality 1 Z Quality 1 e Calculate the horizontal projection sizes of person detection identification and license plate reading areas and draw them on the location plan Person detection criteria Ea Person identification criteria License plate reading criteria Quality 1 Quality 1 Quality 1 15 X md a x Cancel Help 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 4 VideoCAD Lite e Calculate the imag
7. Index Camera button group 80 81 Construction button group 80 81 Edit button group 80 81 Grid control element group 80 81 Loaded camera control element group 80 81 Scale button group 80 81 View button group 80 81 O of Field of view for object 160 dwg 255 dxf 255 html 179 3ds 255 bmp 107 179 195 216 218 dwg 216 218 dxf 107 195 216 218 emf 107 195 218 gif 171 179 html 179 239 jpg 171 179 216 218 png 171 179 tif 171 179 wmf 107 195 216 218 50 C 206 AE T 153 1 153 1 1 7 153 1 1 8 153 1 2 153 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Index 275 1 2 153 1 2 7 153 1 3 153 1 3 153 1 3 2 153 1 3 6 153 1 4 153 1 4 153 10 layouts 107 204 100 cameras 107 16 9 153 2 2 stage 192 2 stage 2 priority 192 2 3 153 2 3 153 ee 3D constructions 169 3D Hmax 220 3DHmin 220 3D image 80 81 105 107 3D images 220 224 3D model 80 81 105 107 225 3D model height 81 3D model height above the ground 81 147 3D model sizes 147 3D modeling 185 192 3D modeling in VideoCAD 256 3D modelling 214 3D models 169 186 214 216 224 3D MODELS AND 3D WINDOW 45 3D object 220 3D objects 186 3D panel 192 3D translucent view area 107 3D view area 80 81 105 107 3D window 73 80 81 105 107 169 214 221 222 225 3D window Main menu 171 8DS file
8. Predefined shortcuts F1 Call Help information of interface element box or window which has the input focus Ctrl A Select all objects 7 in the current layout koa Ctrl TAB Switch to the next layout in turn Citrl Space bar Save the active camera and activate the next camera in turn in the current layout If there is no active camera in the current layout then a camera with the minimal number will be activated ESC Stop the current operation if an operation is executed If no operation is executed switching to the Select Edit 87 mode DEL Delete selected 87 objects Spacebar Pressing Spacebar when constructing a double line s4 walll9s aperture in wall 96 enables to switch the orientation of the second line side relatively to the first one quickly plus on the digital keypad Zoom in if the input focus is on the Graphics areal75 minus on the digital keypad Zoom out if the input focus is on the Graphics area When Alt is pressed it is possible to move drawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus Ctrl has several purposes e Changes the selection logic 8 e Allows moving the horizontal projection vertically apart from the vertical one using the middle mouse button or the button Move drawingho If Ctrl is not pressed then the whole drawing moves if Ctrl is pressed the horizontal projection moves only e If Ctrl i
9. Thus the name is a string composed of the comma separated values lt anynames any string without spaces and special characters lt W gt image width in meters lt H gt image height in meters lt CX gt X coordinate of a spot on the image at which the camera should be pointed in meters lt CY gt Y coordinate of a spot on the image at which the camera should be pointed in meters Origin of coordinates is on the top left comer of the image Example of file name Interface 165 sample 2 67 2 1 335 0 177 jpgq 3 Put your file in the VideoCAD installation directory Resolution samples folder You can place several files to this folder 4 Launch VideoCAD Open the Spatial resolution box Right click on any image in the Table of regions Pop up menu will appear With the help of this menu you can change image in the Table of regions If your file is missing in the menu then you probably made a mistake in the filename If the file is displayed not correctly you probably typed wrong values of sizes in the filename See further Work with the Spatial resolution boxl168 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 166 VideoCAD Lite 7 3 2 Work with the Spatial resolution box Editing the Spatial resolution patternl16 Assigning the pattern to cameras t6 Editing the Spatial resolution pattern 1 Clear the Active cameralted box 2 Choose a pattern for editing in the
10. What s new in VideoCAD 53 7 69 Several new parameters of camera model were added Exposure time at measuring sensitivity Maximal frame rate Row time parameter of the Rolling Shutter 7 70 To the Table of cameras these three new parameters of model were added and in addition Current frame rate Name of the assigned Spatial resolution pattern 158 Signal cable brandkoa and Power cable brand 20 INTERFACE IMPROVEMENTS 7 71 Possibility to adjustl19 visibility of buttons on the Tool bar 7 72 When Alt is pressedha it is possible to move drawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and to change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus 7 73 In the PTZH frame mode of the 3D window you can pan and tilt the camera by moving the image in the 3D window with left mouse button pressed like moving drawing in the Graphics window 7 74 In the Options box the Defaultlts4 button was added Using this button you can assign default values to all parameters on the opened tab 7 75 Sign of the Scaling factor when turning the mouse wheello in the Option box determines the reaction for direction of rotation the mouse wheel in the Graphics window 7 76 Manual scaling 3D window in Windows 7 was improved 7 77 On the Processing tab of the Image parameter panel and in the Sensitivity and resolution box between combo boxes with horizontal and vertical numbers of pixels new buttons with a cross were added These buttons a
11. 3D window Bounding resolution Aperture TVL Height m Auto Iris lens Specify Insert in report Resolution at Selected distance cameras Resolution TYL e Model brightness contrast compression horizontal and vertical sharpness 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 12 VideoCAD Lite e Obtain Image Model h6 for each camera in the project based on models of scene and equipment This image can be printed and saved e Model moving objects 8t camera frame ratePs create animated images with moving 3D models e Model blur and distortionk43 of moving 3D models depending on camera parameters exposure time interlacing rolling shutter 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional 13 e Design operator interface using the Monitor windowh7al Monitor window Image Monitor View Help FUN JE il ee ae e Create animated monitor modelsbs as html files with moving 3D models and different frame rates of each camera 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com m VideoCAD Lite e Calculate the lengthl4 and electric parameters of cables 208 Power cable Camera 2 Cable brand Line 26 Conductor cross section area mm2 0 Total length of all segments in layouts mn Conductor diameter mm Reserv
12. Scale 75 80 81 105 107 Scale Background 105 107 218 Scale factor 195 Scaleable 188 scaling 142 Scaling factor when turning the mouse wheel 198 Scene 171 233 scene illumination 225 Scenetab 225 Screen 171 Screen Acpect Ratio 176 179 Screencolor 186 188 screen plane 75 screen resolution 169 screen resolution in Windows 237 Screen width 186 scroll bars 74 section area of power cable 206 segments 205 206 Select all 105 107 148 select all objects 81 107 Select all the objects 148 select objects 107 select objects by one 81 Select Edit 75 80 81 105 107 214 220 Selected only 202 208 selected state 75 Selecting frame rate 238 Selecting frame rate on the basis of known target s positions and velocities 213 288 VideoCAD Lite selection logic 148 selection window 81 107 Send to back 105 107 SenseLock EL Genii 272 SenseLock EL STD 272 Sensitivity and resolution 225 Sensitivity ans Resolution Sensor size panel 157 separation of the luminance and chrominance serial numeration 107 Serial numeration of cameras 73 Set origin 75 105 107 Setting 174 Setting limit of electronic shutter 227 settings of the current printer 107 Setup exe 265 Shadow 80 105 107 186 242 Shadow box 147 246 shadows 81 153 sharpness 192 221 Sharpness area 186 sharpness area bounds 248 sharpness area limits 220 shift from the projection of the main optical axis Short Dash 186 Shortcuts keys 190 sh
13. VideoCAD Program for professional CCTV system design version 7 1 Lite User manual 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com Contents Table of Contents Part General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional 3 Part Il General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite 17 Part Ill General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter 29 Part IV Definitions 41 Part V What s new in VideoCAD 45 Part VI Getting started 69 Part VII Interface 73 1 Graphics WiINGOW icicee scccecesdeccccdeccececcatececceseeececottacecctostetccoadsetecee seccccontsieeceastadecaaysiticeasineccent 74 GFAPRICS ANC A Sa e EES S E E E E E car dur suctncsasssaegivavsivauuseusenstuincsdeiudiuiandsansainatenan 75 TOOMDar assise ra deans at eed aaa ee ni let E a E ee eels 80 TOS rki a e ea a a a atest aa e Mele A 81 Main mMenu sssr iaren a ea ea en ieee eres aera Ocean e a a N 105 Menu TEINS 4258 soon n a e a r lial E NR 107 LAYOUT Ka K 5 a EEE E E EE E E E E E EEE E a doi das ear eme nvsd nnes tea 141 Status oY 1 AE E EEE E ATAR EA TE E TA 142 POP UP F2 LATE ER EE EE 143 LING ty PE panelists nan nets detre mr nde ne trader rit de in ad dde nr tr eue 144 FONE ty Pe Pane lias si ii nn AR NM ne nn Rien ste re mn trier ia rien 145 Current Construction parameter Panel i ii cccs ccc iosi e aS 146 3Dimodels s isme RE re eth Ae Se ke Vai ee acne i bes 147 Keyboard shortouts cccscsesssssesseseeseesesesesseseessesseesessoeseesausaesseuseuseeseesne
14. VideoCAD Lite See also P4 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 245 53 External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 5 Video surveillance of movin objects pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 246 VideoCAD Lite 8 25 Example 25 Calculating lengths of cables and getting Cable report Problem There is a layout with the placed cameras We need to determine the required cable length separately for each brand of cable Order of work 1 Configure a separate line type for each brand of cables used in the project 1 1 Open the Options box s switch to Lineshs tab 1 2 In the Number box select any unused number of line type Do not select line types used as system lineshs 1 3 In the Name box type a name of a cable brand which will correspond to the selected line type 1 4 Check the Cablelis box 1 5 When necessary adjust the line Style Color and Width on the screen and at printing 1 6 To make lines of this type invisible on the 3D window set equal the maximum and minimum heights on the 3D panel 1 7 Repeat steps 1 2 1 6 for all brands of cables used 1 8 Click OK in the Options box 2 Assign brands to cables of cameras 2 1 Activate any of cameras 2 2 Assign brand to the signal cable 2 2 1 Click the menu item Main menu gt Cables gt Signal cable gt Calculate 2 2 2 In the appeare
15. When buying the variant with the USB dongle one registration with the tie to computer parameters is given In that way you can start working with the program not waiting until receiving the dongle After receiving the dongle you may use the program on any computers You can exchange the variant with the tie to computer parameters to the variant with the dongle paying in addition for the cost of the dongle and its delivery a for VideoCAD 7 Professional VideoCAD 7 Professional is offered with one variant of protection e the protection on the USB dongle basis for the USB port The program is operable on any computer to the port of which the dongle is connected VideoCAD 7 0 Professional can work only with USB Senselock 27 dongle HID registration with the Professional version is impossible When buying the VideoCAD 7 Professional we offer one registration of VideoCAD 7 Lite with the tie to computer parameters In that way you can start working with the program not waiting until receiving the dongle but with Lite version for a while After receiving the dongle you may use the VideoCAD 7 Professional on any computers Program registration in the case of the HID basis protection E First registration First registration is carried out equally for both variants of protection But in the case of protection on the USB dongle basis you may not fulfill the first registration and wait for the dongle delivery For this protection variant the p
16. any object must cover maximum part of the field of view the maximum value of the criterion of Field of view for object 9 2 The values of the criteria should be edited consistently from region to region starting from the closest to camera region bottom row For example if the criterion is Pixel per meter then in the bottom row should be the maximum spatial resolution and in each subsequent row criterion value must be less than the row below If this rule is violated then the boxes wth wong values would be red highlighted 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 167 9 3 In the editing modele the table unfolds and shows the maximum number of region in the pattern 10 If you need a smaller number of regions the extra regions must have equal values of the criterion Unnecessary regions should be placed one after another at the top of the table 10 You can edit the Name of each region in the Name box choose a color that will be used for displaying the region in the Graphics window by clicking on the Color buttonh s LL choose DiagCro hatch style in the Hatch styleh6 combo box Hatching will be visible in the Spatial resolution box when the Blend Hatchhe box is not check ed In the Graphics window hatching of the chosen type wil be shown for cameras which have chosen Hatching in the menu of the Fill projections 83 button 11 On the images in the Resolutionh6 column you c
17. power consumption 232 power supply unit 226 precise drawing positioning 75 Precision in calculations 259 Predefined shortcuts 148 Preliminary monitor s adjustment 183 Press new shortcut key 190 Previous cell 176 Previous screen 176 previous VideoCAD versions 265 Print 105 107 171 179 219 Print Color 186 188 Print width 186 Printer setup 105 107 Priority 192 Processing 171 Processing tab 220 221 228 Program registration in the case of the HID basis protection 265 Program registration in the case of USB dongle basis protection 265 Program speed problem 259 Project 105 107 project export 205 206 Project gt New 219 Projection 152 153 projections 75 projections of license plate reading area 41 81 projections of person detection 219 projections of person detection area 41 81 projections of person identification area 41 81 projections of view area 150 Projector 235 236 projector illumination on an axis of radiation 235 Projector with halogen incandescent lamp 227 PTZcamera 242 PTZH frame 171 222 Quality level 152 153 219 220 quality level criteria 81 Quality level parameters box 73 Quality levels 105 107 Quality M 153 a Radiant intensity curve 232 Rain smoke 171 ratio parameters 150 reading 259 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Real distance 107 218 Recalculate shadows 105 107 Recommendations on the program use 259 Rectangle 80 81 105 107 2
18. 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 178 VideoCAD Lite To get precise sizes of the Monitor window you can adjust Monitor size factorl18 in the Options box To change value in the box is possible only in Edit modeli7 of the monitor 3 Screen aspect ratio You can choose in the combo box screen aspect ratio 4 3 standard monitor 16 9 wide screen monitor 1 Stretch another aspect ratio images If the button is pressed then images from cameras with differing aspect ratio will be stretched y Analog monitor This tool allows to model analog monitors the resolution of which is below the computers one If this button is pressed the resolution of the monitor is limited to value 768x576 pixels To change button s state is possible only in Edit modeh7 of the monitor 12801024 Monitor resolution In this box you can set resolution of the monitor Resolution in the Monitor window will be limited by value in this box Changing value in the box is possible only in Edit model17 of the monitor 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 179 Main menu E Monitor window Le Image Monitor View Help _ Image Monitor View Helphs Save as bmph7 Updateh7 Full screenhs Save as jpg aif Edith7 tif pngh7 Clear 180 Printer setuph7 Renameliad Printh7 Image gt Save as bmp Save the image in the Monitor window in bmp format The image is
19. 81 105 107 200 camera manual 153 camera name 75 camera names 105 107 188 camera number 81 Camera panel 225 Camera parameters 152 153 219 221 Camera resolution 153 camera sensitivity 226 Camera tilt angle 41 150 152 153 camera type 200 236 Camera view area 41 256 camera voltage supply 206 Camera with attenuated sensitivity 227 camera with the minimal number 148 CAMERA LENS AND DVR PARAMETERS 45 Cameras 45 75 169 cameras of extended quality 153 Cameras over constructions 105 107 Cameras view area 169 cars with license plates 81 107 CCD sensor 243 CCTV design using Monitor window and PTZH frame 213 222 278 VideoCAD Lite CCTV project 224 CCTV projectExample 9 Choice of camera model according to known scene illumination 213 CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit 226 227 228 234 236 change 3D model height 107 Change installation height 80 81 105 107 214 change lens focal 153 change lens focal length 214 Change line type 105 107 194 Change view area lower bound 80 81 105 107 Change view area upper bound 80 81 105 107 220 CHANGES 45 changes radically 150 Changes the selection logic 148 changing the scale 75 148 chart lines beating 228 Checking Depth of Field in horizontal projection 213 Choice of camera installation height and parameters 213 214 Choice of camera model according to known scene illumination 213 225 Choice of cameras quantity and location 213 216 Choice of cameras quantity
20. Cameras are displayed by different icons only if the Display camera typel 9 box in the Options box 183 is marked To activate camera without closing the box double click the row with camera name in the table It is convenient to activate any camera by double clicking on its lens on the layout or by camera s selection in the Active camerals2 list on the Tool bar of the Graphics window It is possible to activate cameras from the Monitor windows To find a camera on layouts select it in the table by clicking it once and then click Find on layouts To show 3D image from a camera select it in the table by clicking it once and then click Show 3D Choosing the items of pop up menu which appears when clicking the camera selected in the table with the right mouse button can perform the same actions Using the pop up menu it is also possible to rename the camera Choosing the item Copy to clipboard you can copy whole camera list to Windows clipboard After copying you can paste the camera list to MS Word MS Excel or other software You can rename the camera and rename any number of cameras simultaneously using the Numerate cameras 20 dialog box A To sort the cameras in the list click the Sort cameras buttons Then will appear the buttons by using which it is possible to move the cameras selected in the list upwards on one position downwards to the beginning or to the end of the list 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctv
21. Width of view area lower boundf5 Projectionhs 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 7 2 2 Parameters View area upper view arestovict bound height View area upper bound aisiance View area lower bound distance Quality Image sensor format The image sensor format can be only chosen from the list 1 4 1 3 6 1 3 2 1 3 1 2 7 1 2 1 1 8 1 1 7 2 3 1 4 3 Choose in this box a value given in the camera specification The most popular formats are 1 4 for the mini and DOME cameras 1 3 for the better part of cameras and 1 2 for the certain cameras of extended quality Formats 1 3 6 1 3 2 1 2 7 1 1 8 1 1 7 4 3 are used in IP cameras and digital photo cameras The image sensor format influences all the calculated parameters When moving the cursor to the image sensor box the information on horizontal and vertical view angles of lens appears In case of modeling camera has image sensor format which is absent in the list use the Special sensor size button to activate Special sensor size boxh5 In this box it is possible to specify any image sensor size view angles and aspect ratio If the special sensor size is assigned to the camera sensor sizes in millimeters are displayed in this box Lens focal length The values can be chosen from the list or typed from keyboard e g when using the varifocal lenses Choose a value given in the lens
22. clicking in the graphics areal75 specifies the place for a 3D model 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 9 3D models placement is possible in the horizontal and vertical projections however only 3D models placed in the horizontal projection will be visible in the 3D windowhes In the horizontal projection the 3D models are displayed in the top view in the vertical projection in the side view and in the 3D windowl models are as 3D objects 3D models can be moved rotated copied changed draw orderhs as other VideoCAD objects The default height of the 3D models above the ground is determined by the maximal height of the line typehs which was chosen when the 3D model was being placed The height can be set separately for each 3D model using the current construction parameters panel 144 To change 3D model height above the ground selecths the 3D model then change line type 1381 or switch the 3D model to editing state by double clicking on it and change value in the 3D H box on the Current construction parameters panel By default the 3D models are on the ground and constructed by the line type with the number specified on the Lines 18 tab of the Options boxhs This line type has the maximum height equal to 0 Heights can also take on negative values in this case 3D model plunges under ground For example to place a 3D model on a surface construct the surface by the rectanglel 93
23. com 3dwarehouse You can also create models and scenes in Google SketchUp or Autodesk 3ds Max independently We offer two special packages for importing 3D models into VideoCAD These packages contain e Plugin file e User Manual with step by step description how to insert a new 3D model into the VideoCAD library e Example of ready 3D model files The first package for importing 3D models and scenes from Autodesk 3ds Max is free You can download it here Import of 3D models and scenes from 3ds max to VideoCAD The second package for importing 3D models and scenes from Google SketchUp is paid Click here to order it 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 256 VideoCAD Lite 8 30 Example 30 Teaching materials When studying VideoCAD the educational article series The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD is very useful The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part Camera view area pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 2 Person detection area person identification area license plate reading area Spatial resolution pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 3 3D modeling in VideoCAD pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 4 Illumination and camera sensitivity in CCTV pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 5 Video surveillance of moving objects pdf to be continued These articles contain a short theoretical material an
24. specifies the point through which a mirror line must be passed Then moving the cursor changes position of the mirror line When required position of the mirroring objects will be achieved click for the second time to complete mirroring operation To cancel mirroring press ESC Constructions button group Buttons of this group are used to perform measurements and constructions The status bar h4 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface oa in the bottom of the Graphics window and the Current construction parameter panel ha display the results of measurements The constructions can be used for 3D modeling the video surveillance object for specifying the required view areas objects obstacles etc Each construction is attached to the projection containing its initial point The constructions can be moved deleted rotated edited copied mirrored scaled changed draw order hidden using the buttons of Editle7 group Constructions made in the horizontal projection are also displayed in the 3D windowle At this the line corresponds to a vertical rectangle the point to a vertical segment the rectangle toa parallelepiped circle to a cylinder etc Constructions are stretched throughout the height and become 3D objects Minimal and maximal height of each object is determined by parameters of line typehs by which the construction is made The heights can be set separately for each object durin
25. 148of already constructed objects For changing line type with returning heights to values set in the new line type parametershs use the Line type panel 143in editing statel77 of one construction Edit gt Combine to block Combine to a block all selectedI7 constructions fs The block will behave as one object Combining is convenient at modeling complex objects and their subsequent moving rotating and copying Edit gt Destroy block Divide selected blocks to separate objects Edit gt Undo Undo the last operation VideoCAD stores several last operations including Undo operation When clicking this button successively VideoCAD retraces to the last states and a state before the button Undo was clicked for the first time The quantity of the stored operations can be adjusted in the Options box gt Miscellaneous gt UNDO depth 198 Edit gt Redo Redo the last operation undone by the UNDOfo tool 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 137 Edit gt Erase Erase the selected objects 77 If there are no selected objects this item is disabled Use also Del You can not erase the active camera Edit gt Erase all Erase all constructions 90 If there are no constructions this item is disabled Cables gt Signal cable When this button pressed you can draw the signal cable of the active camera by successive clicks in the graphics area The end of each segment is the start of the n
26. 3D CCTV design 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 62 VideoCAD Lite 5 3 There is a new opportunity to carry out Depth of fieldh7 3D modeling 5 4 There is a new opportunity to carry out 3D modeling visibility h7 limited by rain snow fog according to the Meteorological Visibility 5 5 Current construction parameters panelh4 allows creating and editing constructions by input of parameters 5 6 The Load camera box is essentially modified and renamed to the Camera list boxl 82 The following options are added 3D image show search sorting 5 7 Snap panelli3 allows fast switching of snaps during drawing 5 8 An option to set heights in 3D windowls01 separately for each construction irrespective to a line type 5 9 The new tool Inclined rectanglel94 allows modeling 3D inclined objects 5 10 The new tool Filling s8 allows creating fillings and hatchings 5 11 Print preview boxh 13 is updated There is a new option to save exact position of the drawing and adjustment for reprinting The print area displacement caused by Line type panel and Font type panel is eliminated 5 12 The new 3D models 128 a boy and a truck 5 13 The new tools Combine to blockl138 and Destroy blockhs l 5 14 VideoCAD 5 0 can use files of the following CAD formats as a backgroundh1 dxf AutoDesk DXF Release 12 13 14 2000 2002 2004 2005 2006 dwg AutoDesk DWG Release 12 13 14 2000 2002 2004 2005 2
27. 7 96 Name of the loaded active camera is not red colored when exporting and printing 7 97 When modeling interlaced fields the vertical resolution of video sensor if it is set decreases twice In the previous versions the vertical resolution of the whole image in the 3D window was decreased 7 98 From the Camera tab of the Image parameter panel duplicating controls are removed to clear a place for new tools The controls remain on the Sensitivity and resolution box RENAMINGS 7 99 The Loaded camera term is changed to the Active camera 7 100 Menu item Project gt Export is renamed to Project gt Export to textho 7 101 Button Actual view area projections and the corresponding Main menu item are renamed to Fill projections 83 7 102 The Interface tab in the Options box is renamed to Miscellaneous 198 7 103 Coaxial cable is renamed to the Signal cable the Russian version UTILITIES 7 104 Utilities for measuring camera and image parameters were separated out from VideoCAD in the separate product CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit 7 105 Utilities in the CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit become more stable in Windows 7 7 106 The Video analyzer has a possibility of automatic measuring signal noise ratio of static image or live video on the computer screen in a window of any third party program 7 107 In the Image analyzer showing separate image lines as a oscilloscope can be separated by color 7 108 In the Spectrum analyzer a possibility of calculati
28. 73 80 81 105 107 175 179 181 183 222 224 239 Monitor window Main menu 179 Monitor window Pop up menu 181 Monitor window Tool bar 176 More precise calculation of IR illuminator 232 More precise calculation of visible light luminaire 232 Motion blur 243 Mouse 73 mouse wheel 75 Move 80 81 105 107 220 Move background 105 107 Move drawing 80 81 105 107 148 move drawing in the Graphics window 148 Move loaded camera 80 81 105 107 220 Move loaded camera name 105 107 move the camera 214 Moving 3D models 107 MS Excel 200 MS Word 200 multi layer 107 N Name 186 188 name of the font type 188 name of the line type 186 names of project 107 narrow angle illuminator 236 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com near space limit 192 neutral density optical filters 227 New 80 81 105 107 new camera 81 NEW FORMATS OF IMPORT AND EXPORT 45 NEW IN TABLE OF CAMERAS AND TABLE OF CAMERA MODELS 45 NEW IN THE MONITOR WINDOW 45 NEW OBJECTS AND TOOLS 45 NEW PROJECT FORMAT 45 new project name 107 New shortcut key 190 Next cell 176 next layout in turn 148 Next screen 176 Night tab 225 noise 192 nonscalable 195 Nonscalable fonts 195 nonscalable icons 195 Nonscaleable fonts 195 non standard 153 Normal 192 normal environment pollution load 192 normal state 75 notch not comb filters 221 Number 186 188 number of effective pixels of image sensor 221 number of exter
29. 75 cracking software protection 265 create and rename layouts 141 Create camera 225 Create new camera 81 107 create new layout 204 Create new project 107 Creating animated model of monitor 213 CREATION OF ANIMATED IMAGES 45 Creation of animated monitor 183 criteria 105 107 158 Criteria editing box of license plate reading area 73 Criteria editing box of person detection area 73 Criteria editing box of person identification area 73 221 criteria of the person detection 153 Ctrl 75 107 148 Ctrl is pressed 81 148 222 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Ctrl A 107 148 Ctrl Spacebar 148 Ctrl TAB 148 204 220 Current construction parameter panel 220 232 233 Current construction parameters panel 74 Current construstion parameters panel 146 current coordinate of the cursor 142 current font type 145 Current image sizes 171 current layout 75 current line type 144 current scale factor 142 Currently assigned to box 190 cursor 142 Customizable shortcuts 148 Cut 80 81 105 107 Cut with base point 105 Cycle 227 234 236 D dark blue lines 150 Dash 186 DashDot 186 DashDotDot 186 Day Night 171 176 179 224 Default 185 Default line type for 3D models 186 default parameters 206 degrees 150 DEL 148 delete 75 delete a layout 204 delete all images 183 Delete background 105 107 Delete selected objects 148 delete the image 183 demo version 224 Depth of Field 80 81
30. AUTO 1 64 Vertical resolution of camera oply res Stevo Se nS j 576 vie camera Blend To selected Hatch cameras onitor and Control Resolution Field of View S K 2 Bx tJ _ x a TD N So oa deng 100 View area of cameras can be divided into regions based on the following criteria vertical spatial resolution pixels meters pixels foot vertical field of view size meter foot vertical number of pixels covered by an object of the specified height meter foot the part of the frame height covered by an object of the specified height meter foot These Criteria relates to the spatial resolution or the field of view size For short in the definitions it is mentioned the spatial resolution only the Spatial resolution box the Spatial resolution pattern the Spatial resolution criterion except of special cases In the Graphics window projection of different regions of view area can be filled 84 by different color and or type of hatching Spatial resolution pattern contains information about the regions and how they are filled and or hatched 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 150 VideoCAD project can contain up to 30 spatial resolution patterns Each pattern can include up to 10 regions You can assign different patterns to different cameras Spatial resolution box is designed for creating and
31. Camera gt Save as item has been removed from the Main menu OTHER 6 77 VideoCAD Help system is now in Html Help format for compatibility with Windows Vista 6 78 Help system has been redesigned taking into account user s suggestions and new program features Examples 213 have been renovated 6 79 Many functions are improved detected errors are corrected 6 80 VideoCAD 6 0 can read projects created in VideoCAD 4 xx and VideoCAD 5 XX 6 81 VideoCAD 6 0 has been tested on Windows Vista All incompatibilities found have been eliminated 6 82 The regulations of upgrading 264 previous VideoCAD versions to VideoCAD 6 e The cost of upgrading amounts the difference between the costs of previous VideoCAD versions VideoCAD 3 02 VideoCAD 4 0 or VideoCAD 5 0 and VideoCAD 6 0 e Considerable discounts are offered to the users whose valuable suggestions have found application in VideoCAD 6 0 e At upgrading it is necessary to exchange USB dongle 5 What s new in VideoCAD 5 0 5 1 Monitor windowh7 has been added Monitor window logically finishes the information transfer process in video surveillance system from a real object to an operator and thus allows to model the video surveillance system as a hole 5 2 The new tool in 3D window PTZH frameh 7 allows operating a camera in 3D window similarly to PTZ one and additionally to change camera s installation height Together with the Monitor window this tool offers a new methodP2 of
32. Displaying 3D view areas is disabled by default It can be enabled on the View tab in the Image parameter panel View gt Titles Show on the top left corner names of project and layout and the grid step on the drawing Font type can be changed in the Options boxfs View gt Camera names Switch on off the displaying cameras names near their icons Font type can be changed in the Options box sl View gt Active camera cables Show Hide cables 13 of the active camera View gt All cameras cables Show Hide the cables 13 of all the cameras Only cables of the active camera can be edited View gt Cameras over constructions When this item is checked cameras icons and view areas are displayed over constructions i e the constructions do not cover the cameras This mode is convenient at operation with complex 3D models of rooms When the item is not checked the constructions are displayed over cameras by default 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com ne VideoCAD Lite View gt Camera geometry Clicking this item will open Camera Geometry boxh5 This box includes geometric parameters of the camera lens and installation parameters of the camera See more Camera geometry boxl50 View gt Spatial resolution Show or hide the Spatial resolution box 158 In this box it is possible to create and edit patterns of spatial resolution and field of view size visualization In the box there
33. Drawi ng Number Name Description Layouts J OK x Cancel Aad Delete Help In this box a list of project layouts is displayed The project may contain up to 10 layouts Originally one layout is created into project You can create delete or rename any project layout To delete the original layout and any layout with the cameras present in it is not allowed The layouts are separate sections of monitored object building room territory and storey A layout contains the horizontal and vertical projections locating backgrounds cameras cablesh3 and constructions 90 Each camera can be displayed in one layout only though the camera cables may pass through several layouts e To choose a layout for displaying it in the graphics windowl74 and saving the introduced changes select it in the table by clicking it once and then click OK To delete a layout select it in the table by clicking it once and then click Delete To create new layout click Add To rename a layout double click a line with its name in the table To cancel the introduced changes and layout loading click Cancel It is convenience to switch the layouts create delete rename the layouts using the Layoutl144 tabs in the left bottom corner of the Graphics window and the pop up menu of the tabs Layout 1 Layout 2 Layout 3 4 X 729 m Y 286 m Specify selection window first corner To switch promptly bet
34. Lite version to Professional is paid in addition For the customers whose original valuable suggestions have found application in VideoCAD 7 0 the additional discount for upgrade is given VideoCAD 7 Professional can work only with USB Senselockbk72 dongle HID registration with the Professional version is not applied Senselock dongles from VideoCAD 6 XX are supported In case of absence of USB Senselock dongle it is necessary to purchase it Guardant dongles are not supported by VideoCAD 7 0 VideoCAD 7 Lite 17 can work with USB Senselock donglel7 and with the HID registration VideoCAD 7 Starter 2s is registered only by personal registration code without dongle without hardware locking 6 1 What s new in VideoCAD 6 1 oO 6 1 1 VideoCAD Lite 1 is released VideoCAD Lite is an inexpensive version of VideoCAD with limited features VideoCAD Lite offers only the most useful and easy to master tools for CCTV 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com s VideoCAD Lite design 6 1 2 A new possibility to assign any model to all selected cameras 81 simultaneously 6 1 3 A possibility to change the following parameters of all selected cameras 1501 simultaneously lens focal length image sensor format installation height parameters of view area quality level 6 1 4 Exposure time range is expanded up to 1 sec for convenience in modeling modern IP cameras with increased exposure time 6 1 5 Line color in the 3D
35. Stretch another aspect ratio images 176 179 strictly according to the criteria 259 Strike out 188 Style 186 188 Style in Windows 188 supply voltage and lamp parameters variation switch of time in the project 171 192 Switch OFF illuminators 105 107 Switch ON illuminators 105 107 system fonts 188 tab left part 186 188 Table of camera models 73 80 81 105 107 171 Table of cameras 73 80 81 105 107 219 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Table of regions 160 240 table with all camera parameters teaching articles 69 Teaching materials 213 256 Technical questions can be e mailed test chart 171 228 test chart EIA1956 169 Test object 75 80 81 105 107 169 Test object box 73 test object displaying Test object location 222 264 107 80 81 105 107 Text 75 80 81 105 107 text boxes 150 Texts 75 the default lower bound 153 the part of the frame height covered by an object of the specified height 158 The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD 69 256 259 The rest shortcuts Thick fog 171 Three megapixel IP camera TIF 195 tilting and panning the loaded camera Title 171 Title Block 107 titles 75 105 107 188 To selected cameras 160 Tool bar 74 75 197 TOOLS 45 total length of cable total light flux of one lamp Transparence box 81 Transparence of 3D images 146 transparence of Inclined rectangle transparent by 70 81 transparent pixels 107 Troubleshoot 174
36. be hatched by a bold style of hatch wthout gradient e Off don t display spatial resolution A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the spatial resolution of the camera will be displayed when this camera is inactive 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface ss If selected cameras exist on the layout except the Active cameral78 this button changes view gaa and operates the visibility of spatial resolution of all selected cameras simultaneously See also Spatial resolution box 5 Visualization of the camera control area projections and spatial resolution within them PA Y 3D view area Display 3D translucent view area of the Active camera 78 in the 3D windowlte Through other cameras it is possible to see view area of this camera from the side A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the 3D view area of the given camera will be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the current layout except the Active cameral7s this button changes view W and operates the visibility of 3D view areas of all selected cameras simultaneously Displaying 3D view areas is disabled by default It can be enabled on the View tab in the Image parameter panel Lens focal length combo box The box duplicates a corresponding box 153 in the Camera Geometry box to enhance the convenience when using the graphics window When moving the cu
37. before printing or saving Column 1 Frame To exclude the certain areas of a drawing at printing use the Mask na z O button that duplicates the same button 98 on the Tool bar ae N A x To change settings of the current printer click the Printer Setup amp button Add After the drawing preparation is completed click the button Print amp Not all printers especially virtual ones support correct printing hatches images of 3D models and blend gradient filling Distortion of these elements is not an error of VideoCAD E Frames and Tittle blocks To get the standard drawing sheet with the frame and the Title Block choose the required frame in the Frame combo box The frame should be created beforehand Frames are a files of AutoCAD dxf format They can be created or edited using the AutoCAD or other program exporting to dxf VideoCAD can be used too Frame files are saved in the Frames directory in the VideoCAD installation directory You may use the prepared frames with the filled Title Blocks or you may fill the Title Block before printing To fill the Title Block e Click the Fill Title Block Rd button As a result the frame becomes fixed to other constructions and at navigation is moved and scaled together with them Current drawing location and scale are memorized e With the help of the mouse enlarge the Title Block area and fill the fields with the textl12 e Click the b
38. cctvcad com Interface 168 On the first column of the table on the background rectangles filled by a color assigned to the region the Name of the region and the Criterion value i60 at the far bound of region are displayed orn aon J Resolution Field of View a Resolution column The Resolution column contains fragments of images with people at the far bounds of each region These are fragments of images not whole images Field of view of the fragments is less than the real field of view but the resolution of people corresponds the real images exactly On the images in the Resolution column you can see with which resolution people at the far bound of each region will be visible Field of view column The Field of view column contains whole compressed images of people with the field of view at the far bounds of each region Resolution of these images is less than resolution of the real image but the field of view corresponds the real images exactly On the images in the Field of view column you can see which part of the field of view people at the far bound of each region will cover Images in Resolution and Field of view columns are automatically generated according to the criterion value of each region and the Vertical resolution of cameralt 4 value The images visualize the boundary values of the criterion The height of men in blue shirt is 2 meters about 6 5 feet Right click on any image in th
39. different cameras and their view areas by different colors thickness and line style A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the view area edges of the 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface s given camera wil be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the current layout except the active camera this button changes view and operates the visibility of View area edges of all selected cameras simultaneously View area projection bounds Show the bounds of the Active cameral78 view area projections calculated according to parameters 54 in the Camera Geometry box Line type can be changed in the options box 18 If the line type of cameralet coincides with default line type for camera icons specified in the Options box then for this camera the line type of View area projection bounds is taken from the Options box gt Lines gt System line types gt Boundshs This line type is assigned to new cameras by default If another line type was assigned to the camera the View area projection bounds of this camera is drawn by this line type assigned to the camera as well as the View area edges 83 and camera icon A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the bounds of the given camera view area projections wil be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the current layout except the active ca
40. first second points length angle See also Constructions button group 901 Et Wall The Wall tool is intended for drawing walls with specified thickness and height In these walls you can make apertures 961 of any shape for example for doors and windows When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal751 specifies the start point of a Wall Second clicking specifies the end point of the Wall The length and the width of the wall appear in the status barl143 In line type panell144 that appeared below graphics area there is a box in which it is possible to choose from the list or enter from keyboard the thickness of the wall Two buttons allow switching the orientation of the second wall side relatively to the first one ios IN You can also switch the orientation quickly by pressing the Space bar In the 3D windowlt6 a parallelepiped will be displayed at the wall place Default minimal and maximal heights of the wall are determined by the line typehs which constructs the wall The heights can be set separately for each wall by means of the current construction parameters panelh4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the wall in numeric values 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite Color of the parallelepiped is determined only by line typehs which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set a
41. impossible to change the size of Monitor Window by the mouse If it is an analog monitor click the Analog monitorh7 V button The button should look pressed In the Monitor resolutionf7 box you can specify the resolution of monitor Connecting cameras Connection of cameras is available only in Edit mode Edith7 button is pressed Select s7 necessary cameras on the layout in Graphics window and then click a cell on the monitor beginning from which these cameras should be displayed on the monitor For some time 3D windowh6 will appear in which images from these cameras will be modeled After that the images will appear in cells of the monitor beginning from a cell selected by click Thus it is possible to connect any quantity of the selected cameras simultaneously If at the moment of clicking on the monitor Ctrl is pressed new cameras will fill only free cells on the monitor Cells already filled will not change The image from each camera is modeled according to saved parameters of the camera 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 124 VideoCAD Lite Placement of images Images can be changed in positions copied deleted merged in 4 9 16 side by side located cells to get big images from some cameras For placement of images the Edith7 mode should be switched on To interchange images positions in two cells first click the first cell then the second one For copying the image from o
42. line segment it is enough to set coordinates of the first and second point or coordinates of the first point an angle and length It is possible to fix some parameters of construction having marked check boxes nearby these parameters M L 3 70935 _ At moving the cursor the construction will be drawn in such a manner that the fixed parameter will remain constant For example for a line segment it is possible to fix length or angle for a rectangle wath or height etc EAN After a construction has been drawn in the right end of the panel Edit button appears Clicking this button allows editing just created construction In the Editing mode It is possible to edit any parameters of construction from keyboard thus the result of changing will be visible at once In both modes it is possible to change the minimal and maximal heights of the construction in the 3D window irrespective of parameters of line typelisd by which the construction is drawn E 3D model 3D image Inclined rectangle transparency During placing or editing 3D models 98 special parameter set on the Current construction parameter panel is displayed See details 3D modelsh47 During drawing or editing 3D images o using the Current construction parameter panel it is possible e Load raster image by Load image msi button e Delete image by Delete image 2M button e Mark Transparence box to make pixels transparent which color coincides with the color of
43. many operations Camera gt Camera list Clicking this button opens Camera list box in which camera list of current project is displayed Active camera is highlighted by red frame Any camera can be activated removed renamed found on layouts it is possible to show 3D image from any camera It is also possible to sort cameras in the list For carrying out any manipulations with the camera first select its name in the list by single clicking See more Camera listleo Camera gt Numerate cameras Open the Numerate cameras 204 tool This tool allows renaming and serial numeration any quantity of cameras simultaneously See more Numerate camerasko3 Camera gt Change installation height When this button is pressed clicking in a vertical projection specifies a new height of the Active cameral 78 installation The values of camera installation heightI154 in the Camera Geometry boxh5 change according to a clicked point height Camera gt Change view area upper bound When this button is pressed clicking in a vertical projection specifies a new height of the view area upper bound 155 and new distance up to the view area upper boundlt5 Clicking in a horizontal projection specifies a distance up to the view area upper bound The values of correspondent parameters in the Camera Geometry box 159 change to clicked point coordinates You can change view area upper bound in Select Editls7 mode by moving the the grip in the middl
44. numeration box the camera name example according to the specified pattern is displayed Numeration order Camera numeration order on layouts is adjusted on the panel Common number numerate in camera number increasing order all over the project Camera numbers are displayed in the Camera list 2o box in the Number column Numerate on layouts numerate in camera number increasing order separately on each layout Fan 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface From top to down numerate cameras from top to down according to their position on layouts From left to right numerate cameras from left to right according to their position on layouts Step numeration step on layouts when numerating from top to down and from left to right meters or foots Setting e Selected only if the box is marked numerate only selected 77 cameras otherwise all cameras e On all layouts if the box is marked numerate cameras on all layouts in the project otherwise only on the current layout e Start numeration on each layout on each layout the numeration will be started over again At that on different layouts in the project cameras with identical names could be found e Starting index index from which to start numeration Numerate start numeration 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 24 VideoCAD Lite 7 9 Layouts Graphics window T x Layouts f Main menu
45. of cameras connection to the monitorhs Opportunity of moving and copying cells hs If this item is not checked monitor s editing is locked for protection against accidental change of the monitor Monitor gt Clear Clear all cells of the displayed monitor delete images and disconnect cameras Item is accessible only in Edit model7 of the monitor Monitor gt Rename Rename the displayed monitor As a result of clicking this item a dialog box will appear in which it is possible to enter the new name of the monitor Item is accessible only in Edit modeh7 of the monitor View gt Full screen Show the image from the displayed monitor at full screen In this mode it is possible to switch monitors sequentially using the keys Page Up and Page Down to shift cells by cursor moving keys Arrow left and Arrow right to change monitor s dimensions by cursor moving keys Arrow up and Arrow down To return to the monitor s showing in the window press any other key Help Show Help section with description of Monitor window 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface Kum 7 5 3 Pop up menu The Pop up menu appears as a result of clicking the right mouse button on any cell in Monitor w indow Operations in the pop up menu are carried out above the camera the image from which is present at the cell Therefore in case of an empty cell items of the menu are inaccessible Exception is the Clear cells item which ac
46. only by clickingho box on the 3D modelingho tab in the Options box 188 After that the image in 3D window will be redrawn automatically only at activation of cameras To force redrawing click on the image 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 175 7 5 Monitor window Graphics window Main menu View Monitor window qr l ig W Monitor window is intended to model monitors of video surveillance system However the field of application of this tool is much wider Together with 3D windowhe the Monitor window allows to project video surveillance system working directly with images Thus all necessary changes on the drawing are carried out automatically Monitor window logically finishes the information transfer process in video surveillance system from a real object to an operator and thus allows to model the video surveillance system as a hole In Monitor window there can be up to 10 monitors On each monitor up to 100 images from cameras could be displayed simultaneously or with the dividing into screens Using Monitor window in order to achieve the best result it is possible to compare various variants of cameras placement Monitor window is useful at designing an operator s workplace It is possible to estimate the detail of images from cameras in split screen an option to display images from different cameras in various sizes choose optimal quantity and sizes of monitors as well as
47. optimal distance of watching these monitors taking into account features of projected video surveillance system Together with PTZH framelt74 this tool offers a new methodb2 of 3D CCTV design See also Work with Monitorsha Monitor window Tool bar7 Monitor window Main menult74 Monitor window Pop up menuha External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 3 3D modeling in VideoCAD pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 176 VideoCAD Lite 7 5 1 Toolbar Montor ei Sil Kiss lis 43 A izo Monitor 1 Monitor listhi78 Updatehi7a CD Previous screenh7 Next screen 7 lt gt Previous cellli77 Next cellf7 P Eitha gs5 7 Monitor dimensionh 7A a Monitor diagonall17 3 gt Screen Acpect Ratioh7 Stretch another aspect ratio images M7A AY Analog monitor 17 12801024 gt Monitor resolutionfr Monitor 1 Monitor list In the combo box there is a name of displayed monitor It is possible to choose other monitor In VideoCAD there are 10 monitors in which the set of cameras and the parameters are adjusted independently To rename the displayed monitor use item Main menu Monitor gt Renamelt80 4 Update Update all images on the displayed monitor Monitor window itself does not generate 3D images but uses the ready images which are created in 3D windowt6 and are stored in the memory that allows to work s
48. or day night cameras exceeds 1000001x For mini cameras wth image sensor format of 1 4 the maximum illumination can be considerably lower 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 232 VideoCAD Lite 8 14 Example 14 Examples of luminaire calculation Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 233 8 15 Example 15 Choice of luminaire power and location Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 24 VideoCAD Lite 8 16 Example 16 Determining spectral efficiency of light source Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 235 8 17 Example 17 Measuring projector parameters Problem There is a visible light projector with close to round symmetrical light intensity distribution It is necessary to create the model of this projector in VideoCAD Equipment e Luxmeter a device for measuring illumination Almost any kind of such a device with standard CIE spectral response will suit e Measure by the luxmeter and write down the projector illumination on an axis of radiation at the distance not less than in 20 times more than the geometrical size of the radiant window Order of work Please see this Example in the VideoC
49. performed do display the depth of field bounds in the Horizontal projection The height can be different for different cameras 7 63 When the Depth of field box is opened all cameras in the horizontal projection have displayed borders of the sharpness area hyperfocal distance focus distance measured at the set height In the vertical projection the borders of the sharpness area hyperfocal distance focus distance are displayed in the loaded active camera editing mode 7 64 It is possible to specify focus distance by clicking on the view area horizontal projection of the loaded active camera The Specify focus plane button is always accessible 7 65 When the Specify focus plane button is pressed during cursor movement over the view area horizontal projection of loaded active camera on the Status barh4 the resolution under the cursor limited by the depth of field is displayed 7 66 In the Depth of field box the new Default button was added As a result of clicking this button default values will be assigned to input parameters in the Depth of field box the boundary resolution 0 7 horizontal pixel count focus distance hyperfocal distance height AUTO middle height of the camera s view area NEW IN TABLE OF CAMERAS AND TABLE OF CAMERA MODELS 7 67 A new menu for switching visibility of separate columns was added 7 68 Several new possibilities of filtering data in the tables 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com
50. saved exactly as on the screen but the obtained file will be big Image gt Save as jpg gif tif png Save the image in the Monitor window in jpg gif tif png formats The image is saved compressed at that a small loss of quality appears but the file size turns to be small Image gt Printer setup Choosing this item opens a standard dialog box of current printer setup in Windows Image gt Print Print the image in the Monitor window Monitor gt Update Update all images on the displayed monitor Monitor window itself does not generate 3D images but uses the ready images which are created in 3D window and are stored in the memory that allows to work simultaneously with a big quantity of 3D images wthout decreasing program s speed As a result of clicking this button for some time 3D window will appear in which the images from all cameras will be modeled according to saved parameters of the cameras To update the image in one cell click it by the right mouse button and choose in the pop up menu Updatehs Monitor gt Edit If this item is checked the monitor editing tools become available Monitor dimension 17 Monitor diagonall17 Screen Aspect Ratiol178 Stretch another aspect ratio images t73 Analog monitorh7 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 10 VideoCAD Lite Monitor resolution 178 Monitor gt Clearhad Monitor gt Renameltsd Clear cellhish Opportunity
51. set coordinates of the point in numeric values See also Constructions button group 90 Horizontal line When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies a point through which a horizontal line is passes The status barl 421 displays the line height or its shift from the origin of coordinates h1 according to the projection being clicked In the 3D windowl16 at the place of the horizontal line 2 horizontal lines will be displayed Default minimal and maximal heights of the lines are determined by the line typelts which constructs the horizontal line The heights can be set separately for each horizontal line by means of current construction parameters panell148 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 2 VideoCAD Lite horizontal line in numeric values See also Constructions button groupl 30 Vertical line When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies a point through which a vertical line is passes The status barh4 displays the distance from the origin of coordinates M In the 3D windowl16 at the place of the vertical line 2 horizontal lines will be displayed Default minimal and maximal heights of the lines are determined by the line typeli8 l which constructs the vertical line The heights can be set separately for each vertical line by means of the current construction parameters p
52. the left bottom pixel 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 7 1 6 3 1 Interface 147 During Inclined rectangle 94 drawing or editing it is possible to make it transparent by 70 To do this mark Transparence box Transparence of 3D images and transparence of Inclined rectangle have different purport Inclined rectangle becomes completely transparent by 70 what makes possible modeling glass On 3D image pixels become completely transparent which color coincides wth color of the left bottom pixel Other pixels remain opaque Thus you can model objects of irregular shape using 3D images 3D models EP 422 623 38 2496 Je x losis e Yo72 e Z 175 3DH o Speed 0 Shadow Current construction parameter panel 3D models You can resize 3D models separately on axes To do this enter new values into X Y Z boxes during 3D model editing If the box is marked change of any size leads to proportional change of other sizes thus model proportions are not broken 3D model height above the ground is displayed and can be changed in the 3D H box 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 18 VideoCAD Lite 7 1 7 Keyboard shortcuts Keyboard shortcuts allow fast activation of various commands by pressing shortcuts on the keyboard VideoCAD has e Predefined shortcuts h4 which cannot be changed e Customizable shortcuts h4 which can be adjusted according to users preferences
53. the Options boxh98 you can change snap sensitivity Active camera control element group L Change installation height When this button is pressed clicking in a vertical projection specifies a new height of the Active camera 78 installation The value of camera installation heighth5 in the Camera Geometry boxh5 changes according to the clicked point height It Change view area upper bound When this button is pressed clicking in a vertical projection specifies a new height of the view area upper bound t53 and new distance up to the view area upper boundhs Clicking in the horizontal projection specifies a distance up to the view area upper bound only The values of correspondent parameters in the Camera Geometry boxh5 change to clicked point coordinates You can change view area upper bound in the Select Editls7 mode by moving the grip in the middle of the view area upper bound Change view area lower bound When this button is pressed clicking in a vertical projection specifies a new height of the view area lower bound The values of view area lower bound height 153 in the Camera Geometry box F5 change according to a clicked point height Scale button group Move drawing When this button is pressed you can move a drawing within the graphics areal75 using the mouse To do that press and hold down the left mouse button at any spot of drawing and then move the mouse holding the button down To stop moving the dr
54. to Select Editls7 mode by successive pressing ESC key 4 To move the camera Select the camera by clicking on its lens e Move the cursor to the lens then press the left mouse button Keeping mouse button pressed move the selected camera to a new place Release the left mouse button Move the cursor to the pink grip in the middle of the view area bound Thereupon the point will be outlined by red square Click on it by mouse e Move the cursor To stop tilting or panning click once again on a point where the middle of the view area bound is to be located Current focal length value is displayed in the Lens focal lengthl85 combo box on the Tool ban 80 4 6 To change lens focal lengthh5 of the active camera on the layout in Select edit 87 mode 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 215 Move the cursor to any orange grip on the ends of view area bound Thereupon the point will be outlined by red square Click on it by mouse Move the cursor To stop changing focal length click Once again on a point where the end of view area bound is to be located 7 You can change Camera installation height by choosing value from the combo box s in the Camera Geometry 83 box You can also specify the height by clicking in vertical projection after choosing the Change installation heightho tool 8 According to the image in the 3D
55. to copy any quantity of constructions 90 3D objectsh2 texts s8 cameras and cables as well See also Copyli33 Edit gt Paste Paste the objects from the VideoCAD internal clipboard After clicking this button specify the base point of paste in the projection being clicked when cutting or copying lt is possible to paste into different layouts 204 paste cables of one camera while another camera is active in this case the pasted cables belong to a camera which is active during paste and to paste any quantity of constructions 90 3D objects 123 cameras texts s8 and cables at a time It is available to copy and paste constructions cables and texts between the projects To this effect make a copy in one project then open another project or create a new one and paste what you have copied Be careful when copying and pasting cables You can copy only cables of Active cameral 7s and when pasting these cables will belong to the camera which is active during pasting If a camera is being pasted a new camera wth parameters of the pasted camera is created automatically This is an alternative way to create new cameras Edit gt Move Move the selected objects 771 After clicking this button the first click in a graphics areal75 designates the starting moving point the second click the final one When moving take into account the projection to which the objects are attached A simultaneous moving objects in different
56. to oscilloscope as well as modifying certain image parameters By analyzing saved images using this tool it s possible to calculate sensitivity and resolution of a real camera for precise modeling in VideoCAD 6 13 Live video analyzer tool allows measuring brightness average brightness and noise in certain point as well as screen frame rate in window containing live video created by any program 6 14 Lamp spectrum analyzer tool allows to determine the spectral efficiency of any light source for various camera types based on spectral power distribution curve Determined value of spectral efficiency is used in VideoCAD for precise modeling various types of light sources CAMERAS 6 15 Table of camera models support over 100 parameters for each model ability of assigning models for project cameras It s possible to adjust a view of model table by hiding unnecessary columns Table of models supports sorting and filtering Automatic calculation of sums of power consumption and prices Ability of printing tables and their parts importing and exporting into Excel Word txt csv htm 6 16 Modern IP cameras support 16 9 Aspect Ratiol15 different image sensor sizes and aspect ratio high image resolution 6 17 Criteria in Quality levels concerned with limiting image resolution maximum vertical field of view size minimal parts of screen occupied by a license plate and a face are related to the number of pixels for modeling and compar
57. tool the minimum and maximum heightsh4 will be returned to values set in parameters 180 of the new line type For changing a line type without changing heights use Change line typels tool When drawing a Double lineh2 Wall 95 or Aperture in Walll9e in the right part of line type panel appear additional elements aig e Box in which it is possible to choose or enter from the keyboard the width of the double line wall or aperture e Two buttons 7 lt allow switching the orientation of the second line relatively to the first one You can also switch the orientation quickly wth the help of the Space bar Other items display parameters of the chosen line type The parameters can be changed in the options boxhs8 launched by double clicking the line type panel or by choosing the item Edit line type in the pop up menu which appears when right clicking the panel 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 145 71 62 Font type panel dalsi conta N Screen color Print color B 4 u ls The panel is designed for choosing font types and displaying parameters of the current font type The panel appears automatically in the bottom of the graphics areal75 when clicking the button Text 98 when choosing the correspondent menu items or when editing s7 text The panel hides automatically in other modes You can hide the panel by choosing the item Hide panel in the pop up menu appearing when right c
58. typeslt8 for drawing a cable of each type For length calculation use the Length calculation of line segmentsl208 tool Cable reportli39 See also Constructions button groupleo ViewsActive camera cablesh1 ViewsAll camera cablesh1 Cable layinghsa Length calculation of line seqmentsleoa Cable reporths l Cables gt Cable laying With this item chosen a float panel of the same name appears enabling to choose a shift of segment ends for a level parallel cable drawing along the walls columns etc See also ViewsActive camera cablesh View gt All camera cables Cables gt Length calculation of line segments Clicking this item will open a box allowing calculate total length of any line segmentshi2 This tool allows using line segments for modeling cables See more Length calculation of line segmentsko See also Cableshs 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 139 Cables gt Cable report Choosing this item opens a box with a text report of all line segments 92 and cables ho made by line types with marked Cablel18 box in the parameters of the line type These line types are considered as cable brands These line types can be assigned to the Signal cablel2o and the Power cablebo of any camera You can simply draw cables as line segments on layouts using these line types In this case the cables are considered as main cables which are not attached to any camera The C
59. unauthorized usage and replication The dongle is attached to the computer s USB port e VideoCAD 7 Professional can work only with USB Senselock dongle HID registration with the Professional version is not applied e VideoCAD 7 Lite 17 can work with USB Senselock dongle and with the HID registration e VideoCAD 7 Starter 291 is registered only by personal registration code without dongle without hardware locking Dongle models 27 Operating instructions for USB dongles 273 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 272 VideoCAD Lite 11 1 Dongle models When ordering VideoCAD you can choose USB dongle from the following models The models differ in embodiment only Universal dongle SenseLock EL STD is provided by default To get notebook dongle SenseLock EL Genii specify it at your order SenseLock EL Genii Senselock EL Genii is featured as a cute tiny and fascinating gadget with fashionable color Its D fi size is only 17x12x4mm and weights 2 8 3 5g nd It is especially suited for notebook computers eN i pa When any software with a common USB dongle A is used on a notebook computer the dongle often suffers unexpected impact or collision due to its long body which may lead to damage on USB port With a smart appearance and exquisite body Senselock EL Genii effectively avoids these situations thus reduces the possibility of damaging the computer and secures the software running on it
60. will be achieved click for the second time to complete scaling operation To cancel the scaling press ESC This tool does not scale 3D models s8 3D models can be scaled in editing statel77 with the help of the Current construction parameter panelih Edit gt Mirror Mirror the selected 77 constructions relative to the horizontal or vertical line passing through the specified point After clicking on this button the first click on the graphics areal75 specifies the point through which a mirror line must be passed Then moving the cursor changes position of the mirror line When required position of the mirroring objects will be achieved click for the second time to complete mirroring operation To cancel mirroring press ESC Edit gt Bring to Front Move selected objects 77 on the foreground then other objects will not shadow them To move cameras over constructions use the Cameras over constructions 112 item Changing the objects draw order can be required at operation with large 3D modelsh2 of rooms and also at operation with constructions placed one over another Edit gt Send to Back Move selected objects on the background then selected objects will be covered by other objects To move cameras over constructions use the Cameras over constructions MTA item Changing the objects draw order can be required at operation with large 3D modelsh2 of rooms and also at operation with constructions placed one ov
61. window loads For showing the camera parameters box the button Show Camera parameters box 85 is used 4 20 Real view areala filling now is not solid but as hatching Due to this it doesn t shade other objects 4 21 Graphics background filesl1 themselves not the references to their loading are included in the project file 4 22 All information on program settings line types fonts etc is included in the project 4 23 The current project is saved now in the VideoCAD database and at the next program launching the last project on which you worked will be available and exactly in the place on which you broke the work 4 24 There is a context help not only for the menu items but also for the tools on the tool bars To get the context help for the button click it by the right mouse button and then by the appeared ltem What s this The context help is still available for the menu items and other interface elements To get the context help for the menu item or the interface element select it and press F1 4 25 Now the recommended operating system is Windows XP When working in other operating systems big graphics file displaying errors are possible 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com What s new in Videocad 65 4 26 From the tool bar801 and the main menulo of the graphics window unnecessary buttons and items are deleted 4 27 Default parameters of quality levels are changed 4 28 Examples are rem
62. windowlta8 is displayed on the Line type panelh4 6 1 6 Changing Number and Model Name is disabled on the Used models tab in the Table of camera models Earlier such changes resulted in loss of the model from the model list 6 1 7 If size of video sensor is standard at closing the Special sensor sizeh 5 box the standard designation of the sensor size is kept 6 1 8 The Help system is updated 6 1 9 VideoCAD installer is updated 6 1 10 Found bugs are fixed running under a user account error at starting VideoCAD by double clicking on a project file an erroneous message Your graphics card does not support this tool directory path of jpg images saving is not kept error at editing text on the drawing 6 1 11 Updating from VideoCAD 6 0 is offered free of charge Updating from earlier versions is performed according to rules s1 of updating up to VideoCAD 6 0 a 6 What s new in VideoCAD 6 0 HIUMINATION AND LUMINARIES 6 1 Modeling background scene illuminantion considering type and direction of light source separately for day and nighttime 6 2 Luminaries 8 modeling considering lamp type and light efficiency including discharge lamps with complex spectrum of radiation 6 3 Different wavelength Infrared LED illuminators modeling 6 4 Illuminator calculation box for creating luminaire models and calculating their parameters CAMERA LENS AND DVR PARAMETERS 6 5 Camera parameters modeling spectral response number of pixel
63. 006 5 15 DWG and DXF reference images SHX fonts DXF Autocad Table Hatch gradients Unicode fonts important especially for languages based on hieroglyphs Chinese Korean Japanese etc are supported in CAD backgroundl11 5 16 Visibility of Camera view areal 85 in 3D window can be switched independently of View area visibility 82 in Graphics window 5 17 Displaying cameras names h1 and titles can be switched separately 5 18 Option to switch on off the display of view areal 82 and view area projections for all selected cameras simultaneously 5 19 Selected camera changes the color together with it s view area 5 20 Construction of person detection area is carried out more precisely considering additional inflection of bound 5 21 Option to move constructions and cameras in Select EditlsA mode without switching to Move mode 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com What s new in Videocad 63 5 22 While working only with cameras we have a new option to lock constructions 13 5 23 The tool Find loaded camera is updated and renamed to Show loaded cameral st 5 24 Number of redrawings in 3D window is reduced for increasing program s speed For forced redrawing click the image in 3D window 5 25 Exact position of the drawing is stored at finishing the work with the program and restored at restart 5 26 Reloading speed of cameras is increased 5 27 The range of drawing scaling is expanded 5 28 The
64. 02 2004 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com e VideoCAD Lite 4 8 It has become possible to exportl10 obtained drawing to the file of dxf format on several layers It is convenient to process the obtained file in AutoCAD 4 9 It has become possible to change the scale factorl193 of nonscalable elements when exporting 4 10 There is a new function of saving drawing Save as backgroundlt0 4 11 It has become possible to print 113and export together with the prepared frames with Title Blocks 4 12 The scaling range and grid step is expanded Now maximum grid step is 500 m and maximum area displaying on the screen is 15x20 km more than 200 square kilometers 4 13 It has become possible to change the scale factorho when clicking the button Zoom in Zoom out and by turning the mouse wheel 4 14 There are new means of navigation Show all 120 Find textli20 and Zoom windowl 75 4 15 Image refreshing is realized without blinkingl194 due to the using the graphics buffer 4 16 The speed of image repainting with a big number of video cameras is increased 4 17 The text 98 scaling accuracy has become higher Now Title Blocks and other tables can be filled without a risk of strings getting out of the frames 4 18 It has become possible to select one or more constructions located 871 one over another 4 19 The Main window is renamed to The camera parameters box 150 When launching VideoCAD first Graphics
65. 070 Smostec P N A fond Ether color Super HAD 1 3 795 progessive 4 3 0 480 50 i Camera model Data Views Assign New Edt Delte Save Load Expo Pine ok Show an Save view z O PEN e Model luminaires considering spectrum of radiation and spectral sensitivity of image sensors including discharge lamps with complex spectrum and infrared LED illuminators 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 22 VideoCAD Lite Illuminator calculation 3 LAMP LUMINAIRE Lamp type z Lamp quantity Incandescent T c 2850K Lal Light flux emitted by Illuminator Im Light efficiency Im watt Efficiency factor 500 12 05 Z Spectral efficiency of radiation Omnidirectional x IT CCD EsView 2 light source Projector 3D window Camera 19 lols x j Black white Black white Color Angle of radiation Image Scene Camera Processing View Speed Help 1 08 11 1 120 fi x Day night Day night Concentration 11 112 05 Axial light intensity Light intensity cd fed 212 E Edit 7 F Illumination at distance Light flux emitted by Lamp power watt lamp Im Distance m Illumination lux 100 X 1000 10 vy 212 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite e Model camera parameters spectral response number of pixels including megapixel cameras 23 with resolution exceeds screen resolu
66. 1 by moving its grips It is possible to change 3D image Current construction parameter panel delete and change the image file using buttons 2 on the Current construction parameter panel izes on and To make transparent pixels with color coincided with color of left bottom pixel check Transparence box on the Current construction parameter panel To get the transparence the image file has to be specially prepared by means of any graphic editor for example Paint Pixels that should become transparent have to be filled by color that coincides with the color of left bottom pixel See also Constructions button groupl 90 Constructions gt Rotakin Rotakin an animated rotating test target for visual estimation of spatial resolution and motion distortions on the 3D images x In the horizontal plane the Rotakin automatically turns towards the active camera In the vertical plane the Rotakin rotates with a specified speed about an axis passing through its center in Professional version only To place the Rotakin specify a place for the Rotakin by clicking On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set minimal and maximal 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 131 heights of the Rotakin Rotating test target named Rotakin is used in field testing of video surveillance systems by the techniques developed by the Home Office Scientific Development Branch Performan
67. 105 107 174 248 Depth of Field box 248 Depth of field calculation box 73 220 Depth of Field in horizontal projection 248 DEPTH OF FIELD IN THE HORIZONTAL PROJECTION 45 depth of field 171 220 depth of field modeling 171 Description of all cameras 222 143 214 Index 279 Destroy block 105 107 detailed analysis of vew area 75 Determining person identification criteria by a real image 213 221 Determining spectral efficiency of light source 213 234 Determining the Person identification criteria by the image model 221 Determining the quality parameters of the image model 221 different icons 194 different type hatchings 81 107 digital recording 153 Dimension 222 dimension lines 150 direct light 81 direction of the camera lens 75 dirty environment 192 Disable image processing 171 174 192 Discrete color 240 Display camera type 200 Display Properties 174 Display resolution 153 displayed information 75 Distance 107 235 distance to the camera location 142 distortions of moving objects 243 Dome 107 242 DOME cameras 153 Dongle driver 273 dongle driver setup 265 dongle failure 273 Dongle models 272 Dongle Operating and Storage Instructions 273 dongles 273 Double line 80 81 105 107 double clicking the camera lens 81 107 drag 75 Drawing 105 107 drawing export 195 Drawing of cameras placement 222 DWG 255 DXF 255 SE Edit 105 107 179 232 Edit button 146 2003
68. 14 220 red 150 redcolor 75 red frame 200 redline 160 red lines 150 Redo 80 81 105 107 Redraw 3D image only by clicking Redrawing 3D window 192 redrawn too slowly 192 Reflected light 81 Refresh 208 regions 158 registration 265 Registration box 265 registration key 265 Regulations of upgrading previous VideoCAD versions to VideoCAD 6 0 265 reinstalling operation system 265 relative spectral efficiency factor 236 reliability requirements 153 Remove 190 remove assigned shortcuts 190 Rename 179 rename alayout 204 RENAMINGS 45 REPORTS ASATABLE 45 Required view area limitations 219 reserve 259 Reserve registration 265 reserve registrations 265 reserves 205 206 resize 3D models 147 Resolution 160 192 221 Resolution m or ft 195 resolution in TV lines 228 results of calculation 150 right part 142 road down grade 259 rolling shutter 169 Rotakin 80 81 105 107 Rotakin speed rpm 192 171 174 192 Rotate 75 80 81 105 107 220 row time 243 252 Ruler 107 218 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Index 287 RULES OF UPGRADE 45 oe S N dB 225 sacrifice some values 259 Save 105 107 Save as 105 107 219 Save as bmp 171 179 220 Save as jpg 171 220 Save as animated gif 171 Save as background 105 107 Save project 80 107 save the drawing 107 Save the loaded camera 148 Save to project 80 81 105 107 Scalable 194 scalable typefaces 188
69. 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite e Get detailed adjustable table of all initial and calculated parameters of cameras in project Print the table or export it to txt csv rtf xls htm formats F El Table of cameras 8 Y Number Name Layout Description Type ly Name Producer Key Feature TY system Rese Output Color Model Form Bu Camera 1 Layout 1 KPC 5230C KTC CCIR PAL mini VHS color HAD CCD 1 3 12 Camera 2 Layout 1 KPC 5230C KTC CCIR PAL mini VHS color HAD CCD 11 3 13 Camera 3 Layout 1 KPC 5230C KTC CCIR PAL mini VHS color HAD CCD 1 3 4 Camera 4 Layout 1 TK C925E 4mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 15 Camera 5 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 1232 16 Camera 6 Layout 1 TK C925E 8mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 7 Layout 1 WAT 137HL Watec Co Ltd HIGH AGC CCIR PAL fixed VHS b w Exview HAD 1 3 18 Camera 8 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 1 3 9 Camera 9 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 1 3 10 Camera 10 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Bl Camera 11 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed WHS day night IT C
70. 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 20 VideoCAD Lite edit any parameters of construction 146 Edit font type 145 Edit line type 144 Edit loaded camera edit texts 75 Edit Save 160 editing a rectangle or a mask 148 editing rectangle 148 editing state 75 107 editing text 145 Editing the Spatial resolution pattern 166 Efficiency factor 232 EIA 1956 228 EIA1956 169 171 electrical parameters 206 electronic shutter 225 227 EMF 195 equivalent illumination 236 Erase 80 81 105 107 Erase all 105 107 errors are visible on the image 174 Errors in 3D window 174 ESC 81 148 especially crucial cases 259 Example 1 214 Example 2 216 Example 5 220 example of a video surveillance system project 224 Example of numeration 202 Examples directory 224 Examples of luminaire calculation 213 232 233 Examples of work with VideoCAD 213 Exclude blinking 198 exemplary images 221 Exit 105 107 Export 105 107 185 195 Export tab 195 Export to html Export to BMP EMF 195 Export to DXF 195 Export to Text 105 Export to VideoCAD3 6 Exposure 171 exposure ms 225 Exposure ms 243 exposure time 169 171 243 249 Extension 107 75 80 81 105 107 179 239 105 107 eye contrast sensitivity 171 eS F1 69 73 148 F1 2 225 familiar or unfamiliar people 259 far space limit 192 feet 150 Field of vew 160 field of view size 158 Field of view height 160 Field of view siz
71. 227 measuring illumination 226 Measuring low illumination 213 226 227 Measuring maximum scene illumination for a camera 213 230 Measuring parameters of IR illuminator 213 236 Measuring projector parameters 213 235 Measuring rolling shutter 252 measuring sensitivity 227 Medium fog strong snowfall 171 Medium snowfall weak fog 171 megapixel images 237 Menu box 190 mercury high pressure lamp 225 merging the cells 183 Meteorological visibility 171 meters 150 Metric 107 middle mouse button 148 mini lens M12 227 mini lenses 226 Minimal and maximal height 81 minimal resolution 228 Minimum height 186 minimum height of 3D construction 220 minimum scene illumination 225 226 227 Minimum scene illumination Ix 225 Minimum vertical resolution 220 minus on the digital keypad 148 213 228 213 226 Mirror 80 81 105 107 Miscellaneous 45 185 198 Model 171 Model illumination 171 Model illumination box 225 model monitors 175 Model of loaded camera 80 81 Model perm 243 Model permanently 171 Model space 174 192 model video quality 169 Modeling camera sensitivity 225 Modeling megapixel images 213 MODELING MOVEMENT 45 MODELING RESOLUTION OF MEGAPIXEL CAMERAS 45 Modeling scene illumination 225 modern operating systems 259 Monitor 239 Monitor correction factors 198 Monitor diagonal 176 183 198 Monitor dimension 176 183 Monitor list 176 Monitor resolution 176 Monitor size factor 198 Monitor window
72. 3 18 The displaying view area edges s2 view area projection bounds 83 and view area actual projections 83 can be switched on off separately 3 19 The opportunity of copying and pasting ss constructions cables and texts between projects was introduced 3 20 Many existing functions have been improved discovered errors have been corrected 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Getting started 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com Getting started e 6 Getting started These illustrated teaching articles with step by step instructions will help you to get started with VideoCAD quickly These articles describe working wth the Professional version The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part Camera view area pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 2 Person detection area person identification area license plate reading area Spatial resolution pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 3 3D modeling in VideoCAD pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 4 Illumination and camera sensitivity in CCTV pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 5 Video surveillance of moving objects pdf See also Examples of work with VideoCADP 1 VideoCAD employs a context sensitive help system This means that the program tries to direct you to the portion of the help system that is most likely to answer your question based on
73. 3ds 255 276 VideoCAD Lite 4 4 3 153 43 153 y 7 illuminators 233 768x576 pixels 176 A a less capacity of detection 259 About camera sensitivity 226 About VideoCAD 105 107 According to camera parameters 171 According to camera parameters box 221 Active camera 80 160 actual projection 150 Actual projections 220 Actual resolution 153 Actual view area projections 80 81 105 107 Adding new 3D models to the library 107 Additional illumination 233 Additional information 81 105 107 153 200 adjust parameters of drawing export 195 Advanced 174 AESC 225 226 After payment is confirmed 265 AGC 225 226 234 236 Align 105 107 All cameras cables 105 107 All models 81 Already assigned shortcuts 190 Alt is pressed 75 148 analog camera 243 Analog monitor 176 183 analog recording 153 angle 80 81 105 107 146 angle between a direction on the camera and horizontal 221 Angle of radiation 81 107 232 235 236 angle of radiation degree 232 angle values 153 Angular 107 angular parameters 150 animated gif 169 171 179 animated image 238 animated images 169 175 238 animated model of monitor 239 Animation 176 179 239 Any questions canbe e mailed 264 aperture 220 aperture corrector 228 Aperture in Wall 80 81 105 107 144 216 220 Aperture limits 225 aperure 225 Apply 228 Apply res 160 Approximate calculation of IR illuminator 232 Approximate calculation of
74. 6 before 01 January 2011 updating cost makes half of the VideoCAD7 cost For the customers who has VideoCAD1 VideoCAD5 and didn t upgrade to VideoCAD6 updating cost makes 3 4 of VideoCAD7 cost Upgrade Lite version to Professional is paid in addition e For the customers whose original valuable suggestions have found application in VideoCAD 7 0 the additional discount for upgrade is given VideoCAD 7 0 Professional can work only with USB Senselockb72 dongle HID registration with the Professional version is impossible Senselock dongles from VideoCAD 6 XX are supported In case of absence of USB Senselock dongle it is necessary to purchase it Guardant dongles are not supported by VideoCAD 7 0 VideoCAD 7 0 Lite can work with USB Senselock donglek7 and with the HID registration Variants of protection from unauthorized copying a for VideoCAD 7 Starter VideoCAD 7 Starterl29 is registered only by personal registration code without dongle without 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 266 VideoCAD Lite hardware locking for VideoCAD 7 Lite VideoCAD 7 Lite 17 is offered with two variants of protection e the protection on the HID identifies basis with the tie to computer parameters e the protection on the USB dongle basis for the USB port The program is operable on any computer to the port of which the dongle is connected You can order VideoCAD 7 Lite with the variant of protection to your choice
75. 7 51 New object Aperture in Wall 9e It allows making in 3D walls any apertures for example for windows and doors 7 52 New object Polyline s It allows drawing line segments continuously 7 53 New tool Scalel90 It allows scaling selected constructions relative to a base point 7 54 New tool Mirror 90 It allows getting mirror copies of selected constructions relative to a horizontal or vertical line 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite 7 55 Existing Copy and Cut tools are renamed to Copy with base point 134 and to Cut with base poinths3 7 56 New Copylss and Cut 8s tools were added In the new tools the base point is set automatically at the center of copied objects 7 57 Several new 3D models 98 were added to the library CABLE REPORT 7 58 Possibility of using in the project a lot of brands of cables Line typeshs can be considered as cables 7 59 Possibility of drawing main cables which is not associated with cameras 7 60 Possibility of getting the Cable report 24 The report contains lengths of all cables separated by brands and cameras including the main cables 7 61 Continuous drawing cablesl3 The end of each segment is the start of the following one To stop drawing cable press ESC DEPTH OF FIELD IN THE HORIZONTAL PROJECTION 7 62 The Height parameter was added to the depth of field parameter list At the set Height the analysis of depth of field is
76. AD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 2 VideoCAD Lite 8 18 Example 18 Measuring parameters of IR illuminator Problem There is an IR illuminator It is necessary to measure efficiency of this illuminator for a black white camera in relation to the halogen incandescent lamp and create model of this illuminator in VideoCAD Equipment To perform the measurements you need the software CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit visit http ectvcad com Luxmeter a device for measuring illumination Almost any kind of such a device with standard CIE spectral response will suit Any PC based video capture system TV tuner with video input etc The System should allow to display live video on the computer screen Video analyzer utility It is a part of CCTVCAD Lab Toolkitles8 Compact tungsten halogen lamp 12V 10W Stabilized power supply unit for the lamp 12V DC without considerable ripples of output voltage Manual Iris Lens focal length is 4 8mm Stand It is recommended for convenience and accuracy Measuring should be carried out in a dark room Order of work Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 8 19 Example 19 Modeling megapixel images Problem Because of the Open GL limitation we can not create three dimensional image with a resolution in pixels more than the s
77. Block if it is It is possible to change the camera icons size the size of nonscalable fonts dotted line step and hatching step on the Miscellaneousho tab in the Options box As dxf is a vector format bitmap objects 3D models 128 projections bitmap backgroundlt1 are saved as rectangles 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 11 When saving in dxf format it is recommended to make visible on the screen all cameras and constructions and the active camera In other case at a high magnification errors are possible Drawing gt Copy to clipboard Copy drawing to Windows clipboard Choosing this item opens a submenu allowing to choose the format in which the drawing will be copied to the clipboard After that a drawing can be pasted into any document e g into a project explanatory note A drawing is copied in a displayed size Drawing gt Load background This item opens a submenu allowing to choose a projection to load a background After choosing item a dialog box for choosing background file appears Graphic files of the following formats can be used as a background bmp jpg AutoCAD dxf dwg wmf emf emf gif tif png Choose the necessary file in the dialog box and click OK The background will appear in the chosen projection along with the dialog box Scale Background 1119 Using its tools is necessary to bring an image scale on the background in corresponde
78. CD 1232 12 Camera 12 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 13 Camera 13 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 123 14 Camera 14 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JYC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 i115 Camera 15 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed WHS day night IT CCD 143 16 Camera 16 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 ji Camera 17 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 172 18 Camera 18 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 18 l I 4 m J r Data Views F1 Close Retresh Export Print oil de Column Show all Save view Z elete vies e Maintain database of camera models assign different models for cameras in project compare models with each other 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http ww cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite 21 i Table of Camera Models o 8 x All models Used models Type Image sensor 5 T Number ModelName Producer Key Feature Ho a le Number of prets Row read Tepito S RTZ Output Cole Model Format Po Sean Aspectratio tine mes p E E LL mi E I T indoor standa Fed 1AT 32 512 43 shape 2 indoor rare tore 84 3 indoor PTZ PTZ 13 43 4 outoor stand ted 4836 352 512 43 shape 5 outdoor
79. D 1 3 500 582 interleased 4 3 375 50 15 KPC 190SB1 KT amp C CCIR PAL mini VHS b w HADCCD 1 3 752 582 intetleased 4 3 550 50 116 KPC 400P KT amp C CCIR PAL mini VHS b w IT CCD 1 3 500 582 intetleased 4 3 330 50 A ACE EX560C KT amp C CCIR PAL mini VHS b w Exview HAD 1 3 752 582 interleased 4 3 550 50 18 KPC S230C KT amp C CCIR PAL mini VHS color HAD CCD 1 3 500 582 intedeased 4 3 375 45 jas EEI KTC CCIR PAL mini VHS color Super HAD 1 3 752 582 interleased 4 3 500 50 120 MC3710H 7 PELCO twisted pair gen CCIR PAL fixed twisted b w Super HAD 1 3 752 interleased 4 3 564 50 fee TK C925E JVC screenmenu CCIR PAL fied VHS day night IT CCD 1a 752 582 interleased 4 3 540 50 122 STCAP2070 Smartec IP N A fixed Ethern color Super HAD 1 3 795 progressive 4 3 0 480 50 m Camera model Data Views Assign l New Edit Delete Save Load Export Print ik ic i Show all Save view z e Construct 169 of real scenes with the possibility of loading prepared F2 a person a car etc You can add your own 3D models from 3ds max and 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com e Model observed scene parameters illumination visibility limitations Layout yout 1 Camera 32 308x231 pix PEN General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional 9 e Model luminaires considering spectrum of radiation and spectral sensitivity of image sensors including discharge lamps with complex spect
80. F EMF GIF TIFF PNG JPG Ex port Common scale Soars tactor unit m Resolution m Common scale 1 X 0 005 v 1 v Camera icon Sizes unit Camera icon 03 b 05 X Illuminator icon 0 3 X Illuminator icon 05 m N Nonscaleable fonts 0 3 X Nonscalable fonts unit point 003 Hatch and dash lines 03 V Show this box before export x Cancel Default Help On the tab you can adjust parameters of drawing exporth1 to dxf emf wmf bmp formats The tab is divided to 2 panels e Parameters on the Export to DXF 195 panel are related to the export to AutoCAD format e Parameters on the Export to BMP WMF EME GIF TIF PNG JPGI194 panel are related to the export to raster BMP GIF TIF PNG JPG formats and windows metafile vector formats WMF EMF lf the Show this box before export is marked the Export tab will be shown before each export Export to DXF Common scale unit m unit ft Common scale of exporting drawing The scale can be set in AutoCAD unit per meter or foot on the VideoCAD layout Resolution m or ft Resolution is the accuracy of export Objects having sizes smaller than the set resolution could be exported with errors In most cases the resolution of 0 005m 0 5 cm is optimal For big size drawings kilometers the export with such resolution can lead to errors In this case it is needed to increase resolution and repeat export Sizes unit A
81. In the Camera Geometry box geometric parameters of the active camera view area in the horizontal and vertical planes is displayed The image in the Camera Geometry box is representing the two projections of view area parted by the horizontal black line correspondent to the ground in the vertical upper projection The red lines mark the sizes the green dash lines specify auxiliary constructions the dark blue lines designate the camera tilt angle and the turquoise ones mark the space bounds of camera view area The actual projection of view area as a result of calculations is filled by grey color The camera location and calculated parameters are displayed in the text boxes next to the camera icon and the red dimension lines The parameters in the white boxes can be changed by choosing them from list or by typing When any of the parameters is changed the values of the rest parameters are recalculated You can change any parameters of all selected cameras simultaneously For this purpose e Selectls necessary cameras on the layout e Right click on the combo box then click on the Assign to selected cameras pop up item The parameters in the grey text boxes are results of calculation and can be changed only through changing the parameters in the white boxes The linear parameters are input and output in meters or feet according to the measurement systemfo set in the project if not specified otherwise on the image The angular parame
82. Patternft6 combo box Pattern TETE Home Office Scientific Development A CL Espaces Edit 3 Click the Edithe button Edit Caption on this button will be changed to Save Parameters of the chosen pattern will become accessible for editing 4 If necessary edit the Name of the pattern in the Pattern he box by the keyboard 5 Choose criterion in the Pattern criterionf6 combo box 6 Specify Heighthe at which the criterion values should be calculated The AUTO indicates that the height is equal to the middle height between the view area lower bound heighth5 and the view area upper bound heightfs 7 In case of chosen criteria is related to an object Pixel for object of Field of view for object choose the object height in the Object heighthe box Pattern criterion Pixel for odject AUTO 1 64 8 If the type of hatching is needed to show clear the Blend Hatchhe box 9 Specify values of the criterionlted at far bound of each region in the Table of regions h62 E When editing the values of criteria you must comply with the following 9 1 The bottom row of the table should correspond to the closest to the camera region and thus must have e maximum spatial resolution the maximum value of the criterion Pixel per meter any object must cover the maximum number of pixels the maximum value of the criterion Pixel for object minimum height of the field of view the minimum criterion Field of view height
83. SenseLock EL STD SenseLock EL STD is a complete analog of SenseLock EL Genii but in classic design It is suited for desktop computers 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com USB dongle 11 2 Operating instructions for USB dongles Operating Instructions for USB Dongles Dongle Operating and Storage Instructions 27 Possible problems k73 Warranty 273 Dongle Operating and Storage Instructions 1 Protect the dongle from physical damage fall toss vibration etc exposure to high and low temperatures aggressive environments high voltage all these may cause damage to the dongle 2 Do not press too hard when connecting the dongle to the computer 3 Do not expose the dongle especially its connectors to dust dirt damp etc In case dirt gets into the dongle connectors arrange for their cleaning Use a dry cloth to clean the case and connectors Never use organic solvents 4 Do not disassemble the dongle This may cause damage of the dongle s case printed wiring elements and consequently lead to unstable functioning or failure of the hardware 5 In case of failure or improper functioning of the dongle contact us Note For stable functioning of the dongle it is required to use dongle driver A set of drivers for various operating systems is supplied together with the VideoCAD The driver is installed automatically during VideoCAD installation To install or reinstall driver manually choose All programs gt
84. T CCD 1 3 Camera 6 Layout 1 TK C925E 8mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 7 Layout 1 WAT 137HL Watec Co Ltd HIGH AGC CCIR PAL fixed VHS b w Exview HAD 1 3 Camera 8 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 9 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 10 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 11 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD Wen Camera 12 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 173 Camera 13 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 122 Camera 14 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 15 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 123 Camera 16 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 17 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD PE Camera 18 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 118 m Data Views FL cose Retesh Export l Print l k de Columr Show all Save view mj Delete vies Maintain database of camera models assign different models for cameras in project compare models with each other 2003 2012 CCTVCAD S
85. True Type 188 tungsten halogen lamp TV lines tab 228 TV tuner 226 234 236 Type of hatching 160 Type of hatching combo box type of the camera 81 typing 150 148 243 214 205 206 232 146 226 230 234 236 160 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com U Unassigned 81 Underline 188 Undo 45 80 81 105 107 UNDO depth 198 Uninstall driver 265 Uninstall driver 273 unweighted signal noise ratio 171 Update 176 179 181 Updating images 183 Upgrading to VideoCAD 6 0 265 USB dongle 265 271 USB dongle basis 265 USB dongles 273 USB port 265 Used models 81 User forum 105 usual color 75 Utilities 45 105 107 variants of camera placing 220 Variants of protection from unauthorized copying 265 varifocal lenses 153 velocities 238 velocity vector 75 147 238 velocity vectors 105 107 239 243 vertical upper projection 75 vertical field of view size 158 Vertical line 80 81 105 107 vertical number of pixels 160 vertical number of pixels covered by an object of the specified height 158 vertical projection 142 Vertical resolution of camera Vertical size 221 vertical spatial resolution pixels meters pixels foot 158 160 very clean environment 192 very subjective 259 video motion detector 220 VideoCAD 3 0 45 VideoCAD 3 02 265 VideoCAD 4 0 45 200 VideoCAD Lite VideoCAD 4 01 265 VideoCAD 5 0 45 VideoCAD 5 02 265 VideoCAD 6 0 45 265 VideoCAD 6 1 45 Vi
86. VideoCAD 5 0 45 What s new in VideoCAD 6 0 45 What s new in VideoCAD 6 1 45 What s new in VideoCAD 7 0 45 What s this 69 73 Wheel Mouse 73 white 150 white paper 236 wide angle illuminator 236 width 146 Width of view area lower bound Width of view area upper bound WINDOWS 45 Windows 2000 259 Windows 9x 259 Windows clipboard 107 Windows clipboard 200 Windows Me 259 Windows Metafile Windows XP 259 Within projection 107 WMF 195 Work with Monitors 183 Y your individual criteria 153 Te Zoom in 105 107 Zoom in zoom out Zoom out 105 107 zooming 75 152 153 152 153 216 218 80 81 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com
87. VideoCAD gt Dongle driver Then choose Install driver or Uninstall driver Possible problems In case of any problems with USB dongle first of all do the following 1 Stop VideoCAD if it is running 2 Disconnect the dongle from the USB port 3 Reinstall dongle driver 3 1 Enter under LOCAL administrative account No Domain account 3 2 Choose Start gt All programs gt VideoCAD7 gt Dongle driver 3 3 In the appeared box choose Install driver 4 Connect the dongle to the USB port then follow the instructions keal If these actions don t solve your problem try to install VideoCAD dongle driver and the dongle on other computer according to the instructions be Possible reason of problems is connected to installed dongle emulators for other software a Warranty The USB dongle is a material carrier of the VideoCAD license In case of losing the dongle the license is considered lost too In case of dongle failure during one year after purchasing and the dongle has no any physical damage marks the Dongle can be exchanged free of charge In case of failure later than in one year after purchasing or the Dongle has physical damage marks the Dongle also can be exchanged but after payment for the new Dongle and its delivery In any case sending the new Dongle can be performed only after receiving the broken one 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com
88. a 13 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm screen menu i IT CCD 1 3 Camera 14 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm screen menu i IT CCD 1173 Camera 15 Layout 1 TK C925E 16mm screen menu i IT CCD 1 3 Camera 16 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm screen menu day night IT CCD 1143 Camera 17 Layout1 i TK C925E 12mm screen menu PAL day night IT CCD 1 3 Camera 18 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm screen menu fixed day night IT CCD 143 Data Views fl Cose Refresh Export Print la Hide Column Showall Save view Delete view Help e Maintain database of camera models assign different models for cameras in project compare models with each other Type Image sensor Hox resokstion Max fraene __Nember ops _ ale Bee ot pe Lure rr rs 4 512 43 chapel too c BE 8 STC30100 Smatec fo TKCIEG C N2 ons owonn Ma KPCASISBIIKTEC z A mi M b D 1 MS KPC400P KTEC at CD 1 mi HS c HADCCD 1 3 43 43 43 43 43 43 Super HAD 1 3 75 ja i 43 SSeesasassagsas Sbssseesegsegsasgs SuperHAD 1 3 7 progressive 4 3 e Model observed scene parameters illumination visibility limitations 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 34 VideoCAD Lite e Model luminaires considering spectrum of radiation and spectral sensitivity of image sensors including discharge lamps with complex spectrum and infrared LED illuminators Illumina
89. a real imagel22 Professional version Example 7 CCTV design using Monitor window and PTZH frameb2 Example 8 CCTV projectBb2 Example 9 Choice of camera model according to known scene illuminationf22 Professional version Example 10 Measuring camera sensitivity P2 Professional version Example 11 Measuring low illumination 22 Professional version Example 12 Measuring resolution of camera lens 228 Example 13 Measuring maximum scene illumination for a cameral230 Example 14 Examples of luminaire calculationk34 Professional version Example 15 Choice of luminaire power and locationbs Professional version Example 16 Determining spectral efficiency of light sourcebs Professional version Example 17 Measuring projector parameters 235 Professional version Example 18 Measuring parameters of IR illuminatork3 Professional version Example 19 Modeling megapixel images 3A Professional version Example 20 Selecting frame rate on the basis of known target s positions and velocities 238 Professional version Example 21 Creating animated model of monitor 234 Professional version Example 22 Visualization of cameras control area projections and spatial resolution inside them24 Example 23 Choosing install location for PTZ camerale44 Professional version Example 24 Simulating distortions of moving objects arising from Exposure time Interlace scan and Rolling shutterk43 Professional version Example 25 Calculating
90. able report includes the cables attached to cameras and the main cables as well Cable lengths is calculated for each brand line type separately See also Length calculation of line segmentsle Calculation lenght of cables and getting the Cable reportle48 Signal cable length calculation boxko5 Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation boxko Help gt About VideoCAD Open the About box with the general information of VideoCAD version and the Authors Help gt Help contents Open the contents of this Help file Help gt Language Choose the language All the text resources of the program are stored in Ing files in the VideoCAD installation directory We are interested in translating the program to other languages If you can do it could you please contact us support cctvead com We offer big discounts for the translations E How to add a new interface language There is English Ing file in a directory of VideoCAD or VideoCADdemo installation All text elements of the interface are loaded from this file For creation of new interface language it is necessary 1 Copy English Ing Russian Ing file under a new name lt YourLanguage gt Ing 2 Accurately translate each line in the file Don t change positions of the lines don t delete or create new lines Each position corresponds to some interface element Don t translate lines which begin from they are labels It is necessary to keep all blanks b
91. active camera parameters can be changed both using the boxes and graphically with the tools of the Active camera groupho With the help of the View 82 button group you can change the appearance of view area projections of the active camera For tilting and panning the active camera on the layout in Select edit 871 mode e Move the cursor to the pink grip in the middle of the view area bound Thereupon the point will be outlined by red square e Click on it by mouse e Move the cursor e To stop tilting or panning click once again on a point where the middle of the view area bound is to be located To change lens focal length 5 of the active camera on the layout in Select edit s7 mode 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface e Move the cursor to any orange grip on the ends of view area bound Thereupon the point will be outlined by red square Click on it by mouse e Move the cursor To stop changing focal length click once again on a point where the end of view area bound is to be located a Hidden state An object is displayed on the background in light grey color 3D objects are displayed as grey frames The rest characteristics are similar to those of normal state The hidden state is used to conceal the temporarily interfering objects The snap Extension 13 is disabled for hidden objects Several objects can be hidden at a time To hide an object use Select Edit 8 7 and Hidef
92. ade taking into account new possibilities of the program The example of the person identification criteria determination according to the real imagel22 is included 4 29 Many functions are improved detected errors are corrected 4 30 Multilingual version of VideoCAD 4 0 has the possibility of registration with the dongle 269 4 31 VideoCAD MAP is released VideoCAD MAP is a graphical interface for security systems on the basis of VideoCAD technology VideoCAD MAP includes all possibilities of VideoCAD and many other additional functions is partly compatible with VideoCAD by the projects and integrated in the Russian Integrated security system Intellect 4 32 The regulations of updating previous VideoCAD versions to VideoCAD 4 0 e For buyers of VideoCAD 1 0 i e for our first buyers the updating is free of charge e For the others the cost of updating amounts the difference between the costs of VideoCAD 3 02 and VideoCAD 4 0 e For those who have bought more than one VideoCAD licenses at once the updating is chargeable only for one license Other licenses can be freely updated 3 What s new in VideoCAD 3 0 3 1 The opportunity of loading 1 the prepared layouts as a background in bmp jpg emf wmf dwg dxf formats was introduced To display dwg and dxf files the CAD Import module by CAD Soft Tools http www cadsofttools com was used 3 2 The obtained drawing can be savedh1 in bmp wmf emf formats or copi
93. aded camera 80 81 142 200 Loaded camera cables 105 107 Loaded camera group 75 Loaded camera name 171 loaded state of camera 75 Local snap 220 location plan of site 218 Lock constractions 105 107 long focus lenses 220 looking upwards 259 losing the dongle 265 273 lower limit of illumination 226 lower range value 227 Low frequency oscillator 252 luminaire dirt depreciation 192 luminance 221 Luxmeter 226 230 234 235 236 105 107 218 luxmeter sensor 227 234 luxmeters 227 M M12 226 Main cables 246 Main menu 74 190 main optical axis 75 107 153 maintenance cycle 192 maintenance factor 233 Maintenance factor of cameras 192 Maintenance factor of illuminators 192 232 maintenance factors 225 Make the button invisible 197 Make the button visible 197 Manual Iris Lens 234 236 Mask 80 81 105 107 Mastering VideoCAD 259 material carrier of the VideoCAD license 265 273 Mathematical precision in VideoCAD 259 maximal distance of surveillance 153 maximal distances of the person detection 153 Maximum height 186 maximum height of 3D construction 220 24 VideoCAD Lite Maximum horizontal resolution 171 Maximum level of brightness 226 maximum realistic quality 174 maximum scene illumination 230 Maximum signal noise ratio 230 measurement results 142 measurement system 150 Measuring camera resolution Measuring camera sensitivity Measuring exposure 249 Measuring filter transmission coefficient
94. age Some IP cameras allow to switch Aspect ratio between 16 9 amp 4 3 In case of modeling camera has image sensor format which is absent in the list use Special sensor size button to activate Special sensor size box 15 In this box you can specify any image sensor size using specification values of view angles If non standard Aspect ratio or sensor formath5 is assigned to a camera custom is displayed in this box and the box becomes inaccessible To make it accessible choose any standard sensor format Special sensor size Clicking this button will open Special sensor size box In the box it is possible to specify any image sensor size and Aspect ratio See more Special sensor sizeh5 Camera installation height Height of installation can be chosen from the list or typed The height of installation influences all calculated parameters Camera tilt angle Camera tilt angle is a calculated parameter and can not be edited directly The camera tilt angle is an angle between the main optical axis of camera lens and a horizontal 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 155 Though in most of the cases the camera tilt angle is not interesting to designer VideoCAD is displaying it for information View area upper bound height The height of view area upper bound can be chosen from the list or typed In the horizontal projection of the calculated view area the space above the upper bound height i
95. amera FA 3D model 2 Lenath umerate GeomeiT 3D model eng cameras ho Seat proie CS 3D imagelr2 calculation of line Change FE Rotakinhs segments h3 installation 3D windowh1 Global snapshs Cable reporths height Monitor window Lock Change view 11 constractionshsh e Help area upper Hide vertical bound o projection 1 e Edit About VideoCAD i Hide horizontal 13 Change view rareo Select allah Help Contents hs area lower bound projection oe hod Gridhtia Select Ediths Languagehs Move active Originfr Cuths Homepageh4 l camera namef1 Set origin Copy lis Orderh4 ee Cut with base User forum ha Black and white Drawing a poinths Contact ush4 Options h Copy with base Save ash pointhsA Copy to e Scale Pastelts4 clipboardfr1 Mowefs 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 106 VideoCAD Lite Load background Zoom inhi Rotatel134 MA Zoom outh1 Scalehs Scale Move drawinghon Mirrorhs backgroundh 1 Show allli23 Move Find texth2d backgroundh 12 Hide background kA Delete backgroundhi 7 T only 11 Layouts 11 Printer setuph1 Printh1 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 7 1 3 1 Interface 107 Menu items Project Drawing View Scale Constructions Edit Cables Criteria des _ 5 i New CAE y Save to project Ctrl Alt sS JB Save to pro ttle AlteS En See Main menu location Fa Menu items substantially duplicate the bu
96. an be changed Size and line type for icons of camera The icon size is specified separately when displaying on the screen and when printing You can set any line typelt8 for a camera during creating the cameralsf The camera will be drawn by default line type if another line type has not been specified during creation and placing Later on you can change line type using Change line typelt38 tool Show camera type If the box is marked then cameras of different types 81 will be represented by different icons CH Cx cx In this case camera tilt is not represented by the icons If the box is not marked then all cameras will be represented by identical icons which represent the camera tilt Scalable lf Scalable box is checked then cameras icons are scaled with the other constructions Size of icons is specified in meters feet in the Size box below lf Scalable box is not checked then cameras icons are not scaled Size of icons is specified separately on the screen in pixel in the Size pix box for printing in millimeters in the Size mm box Size Size of scalable icons in meter foot when the Scalable box is checked See also Move active camera nameh1 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 195 7 6 6 Export Graphics window Eu Main menu ar en Vi Lines Fonts Camera and Illuminator I Keyboard 3D modeling lew Export Other Tool bar Options Export to DXF BMP WM
97. an see with which resolution people at the far bound of each region will be visible On the images in the Field of iewlt6 column you can see which part of the field of view people at the far bound of each region will cover Sample images are correct for the cameras wth vertical resolution specified in the Vertical resolution of cameralie4 combo box ree uses Resolution Field of View 164pixfobj 12 When editing pattern will be finished click the Edit Savel6 button once again a Assigning the pattern to cameras To assign a pattern displayed in the Spatial resolution box to a camera 1 Activate 78 the camera 2 Click on the Assignh6 button If the To selected camerash6 box is checked then the chosen pattern is assigned to all selected cameras To selected a cameras See also Spatial resolution 84 Fill projection 83 _ Visualization of cameras control area projections and spatial resolution inside them 24 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 168 VideoCAD Lite 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 169 7 4 3D window Graphics window Si 3D window Camera 34 Main menu View 3D window The 3D window is designed for 3D modeling images from the active camera 3D window can display Ground surface The ground color is set on the tab 3D modeling 194 in the Options Box Grid The presence step and location of the grid are determin
98. and location on the original layout 213 218 Choice of luminaire power and location 213 233 choose a layout 204 choose USB dongle 272 Choosing install location for PTZ camera 213 chrominance 221 CIE 97 192 CIE spectral response Circle 80 81 105 107 clean environment 192 Clear 179 Clear cell 181 CMOS sensor color 186 221 color of 3D objects 186 Colors of regions 160 Colors of regions button 160 COLORS FILLING AND HATCHING OF VIEW AREA PROJECTIONS 45 Combine to block 105 107 Commands box 190 Common number 202 Common scale 195 Common scale unit m unit ft 195 226 230 243 Compatiability with AutoCAD versions 41 compression 171 174 192 221 Compression rate 153 computer buzzes 174 Concentration 232 235 236 conductor material 206 conductor temperature 206 Connect all cameras to this monitor Connection of cameras 183 Considerable discounts 265 Constant coordinate system 75 Constructions 75 105 107 consumed electric power 236 Consumed electrical power 232 Contact us 105 Contacting CCTVCAD Software 264 context sensitive help system 69 contrast 171 192 221 contrast loss of 10 228 control area projections 240 control mouse more precisely 198 convenient at navigation 75 Coordinate system fixed to the loaded camera 75 coordinate systems 75 copper 206 Copy 75 80 81 105 107 220 Copy to clipboard 105 107 200 Copy with base point 105 copying the image 183 counting of the cursor current coordinates
99. anelh 4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the vertical line in numeric values See also Constructions button groupl90 2 Line segment When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies the start point of a line segment Second clicking specifies the end point of the line segment The status barh4 displays the segments length and its projection to distance and height Both clicks are to be made in the same projection If the projections are different the measured values are incorrect therefore when constructing a segment with its ends in different projections the values are not displayed in the status bar In this case when changing a drawing the segment is attached to the projection with its initial point in it pren eue In the 3D windowhe a vertical rectangle will be displayed at the segment place Default minimal and maximal heights of the rectangle are determined by the line typelis which constructs the line segment The heights can be set separately for each line segment by means of current construction parameters panel 148 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the line segment in numeric values Color of the rectangle is determined only by line typelts which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the segment coordinates of the first and second points length angl
100. ange name number type of the camera and the additional information in the Camera listko box Cameras can be numerated sequentially with the help of the Numerate camerasho tool Cameras are displayed by different icons only if the Display camera type box in the Options boxhs is marked On the Line type panelli44 it is possible to choose line typelts by which the icon of the camera and View area projection bounds 83 will be drawn When displaying spatial resolution 841 is disabled projection will be filledl 83 hatched by the color of assigned line type Later it is possible to change line type using Change line typel138 tool After entering all necessary data click OK to cancel the operation click Cancel If there is already a camera with chosen number in the current project VideoCAD will ask to specify whether you would like to rewrite it After camera creation specify by clicking a place for the new camera on the layout 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 109 Just after camera creation the moving mode will be switched on When placing will be completed pa click Select Editfs7 button or press ESC It is convenient to create new cameras with already set parameters by copyingl89 and pastingl 3 existing ones Camera gt Save to project All the specified and calculated parameters of the active camera and layout are saved to the current project Saving is performed automatically at
101. are prepared spatial resolution patterns according to the following criteria Home Office Scientific Development Branch Home Office Guidelines for identification P 78 36 008 99 Also in the box there are examples of images of group of people are automatically displayed for each region of spatial resolution See more Spatial resolution boxhs Spatial resolution buttons View gt 3D window Show or hide the 3D window The 3D window displays the image from the active camera See more 3D window View gt Monitor window Show or hide the Monitor window In the Monitor window images from any quantity of cameras are displayed simultaneously Monitor window allows modeling monitors of video surveillance system See more Monitor window7 View gt Hide vertical projection With this item chosen a horizontal projection is only present in the graphics areal75 To display a vertical projection click this item again View gt Hide horizontal projection With this item chosen a vertical projection is only present in the graphics areal 76 To display a horizontal projection click this item again View gt Grid Choosing this item opens a submenu of grid displaying control The submenu enables to set a certain grid step up switch a mode of automatic grid step selection on off and switch the grid displaying off See also Grid control element groupl s View gt Origin This item opens the submenu of origin selection The graph
102. as been removed from the Tool bar 6 57 A combo box 82 on the Tool bar for fast loading of any camera Using pop up menu of the combo box it is possible to search the camera on the layout 6 58 A combo boxls1 on the Tool bar for fast assigning a model to the loaded camera 6 59 Enhanced selecting and loading cameras on the layout using the mouse Cursor snaps to a camera icon with higher priority and it s highlighted with red rectangle 6 60 Priority of mouse selection 871 of close objects is presetted 1 Cameras 2 Constructions 3 Text 4 3D models 6 61 A New algorithm of selecting constructions 87 located over each other In order to select another construction it is necessary to click the same point again 6 62 Snap sensitivity h98 can be adjusted for convenient work with different screen resolutions and mouse accuracy The snap to a camera has a priority 6 63 Following info is displayed at the bottom of the Graphic window on the Status barh4A when moving cursor close to a camera icon name model name and basic parameters of the camera 6 64 Field of view sizel 81 on the Status bar in loaded camera edit mode now is displayed when moving the cursor over view area in vertical projection not only when clicking 6 65 Movel 8 mode is set after creating new camerals1 It s convenient to place new camera on the layout instantly 6 66 ESC key stops current operation If an operation is not performed Select edit s7 mode i
103. ation Not expensive luxmeters which are presented on the market have the lower range value about 0 1 0 5 lux but minimum scene illumination for modern cameras reaches 0 04 lux Therefore when measuring sensitivity 228 of such cameras it is necessary to attenuate sensitivity in known number of times it is convenient to attenuate in 50 200 times It is possible to attenuate sensitivity in the following ways e By limiting exposure time of electronic shutter e By calibrated manual iris lens e By calibrated attenuation filter Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 2 VideoCAD Lite 8 12 Example 12 Measuring resolution of camera lens Problem There is an image of the test chart EIA 1956 made by equipment under test camera lens DVR It is necessary to determine equipment resolution in TV lines at contrast loss of 10 To measure resolution of megapixel cameras more than 800 TV lines you can also use the test chart EIA1956 but it should not occupy the entire frame but a part of the frame For example if the table will occupy by the area of a quarter of the frame half the vertical and half of horizontal sizes the range of measured values of resolution wil be doubled and will be 400 1600 TV lines By making measurements wth the same camera but wth different lenses we can compare resolution of the lenses Lens resolution is very imp
104. awing release the mouse button 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 10 VideoCAD Lite If your mouse is an Intellimouse or other Wheel mouse you can move the drawing at any time by pressing and holding the middle button down When Alt is pressedh4 it is possible to move drawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus Q Q Zoom IN Zoom OUT Clicking these buttons increases or reduces a drawing scale correspondingly Using the Intellimouse or other Wheel mouse you can change the drawing scale with the simultaneous zooming in the drawing sections pointed by the cursor If Ctrl is not pressed at changing the scale then the scale changes roughly which is convenient at navigation If Ctrl is pressed the scale changes with the less step which is convenient for the precise drawing positioning before printing saving or exporting If input focus is on the graphics area scale can be changed by and buttons on the keyboard When Alt is pressedf4 it is possible to move drawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus Undo button group UNDO Undo the last operation VideoCAD stores several last operations including Undo operation When clicking this button successively VideoCAD retraces to the last states and a state before the button Undo was clicked for the f
105. bjects on the current layout use Ctrl A shortcut For switching to Select Edit mode from any mode use also Esc button See also Selected state 77 a Editing state of objects To translate an object into editing state 77 double click its image After that pink grips appear on the object base points When moving the cursor over this point its image changes K To edit an object click beside a base point with a grip and move the cursor After clicking for the second time the changed object is set up To switch the_circlel12 into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on the point on its radius that appears during the process of construction To switch the arch into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on either of its two ends When editing a rectanglel93 or a mask 98 then several points will move at a time the rectangle or the mask remaining square If Ctrl is pressed when editing a rectangle or a mask then one point will move only When editing a Double linel 94 or Walll95 the whole Double line or Wall will be moved If Ctrl is pressed when editing the double line or wall only one line will be moved When clicking the textas twice the pop up frame appears allowing to edit text in it When clicking the right mouse button the pop up menu of text editing appears in the frame It is possible to change object s parameters in editing state on the current construction parameters pa
106. btained drawing on one or several pages You can use prepared frames with standard title block and logo e Exporth1 the obtained drawing into any of the following formats bmp jpg emf wmf png gif tif AutoCAD dxf R14 AutoCAD dxf R2000 e Display by separate colors and hatch styles different regions of spatial resolution 84 and field of view size There are prepared spatial resolution patterns according to the following criteria Home Office Scientific Development Branch Home Office Guidelines for identification P 78 36 008 99 Spatial resolution z pene EES Home Office Scientific Development camera Pattern criterion Height Object heraht of Field of view for object AUTO 1 64 Vertical resolution of camera Sairi 576 5 Camera Blend To selected Hatch cameras lt Resolution Field of View Monitor and Control 1AA E g 2 yX o x lt 8 3 ai a x Identify 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 6 VideoCAD Lite e Calculate the horizontal projection of camera control areas including shadows s1 from obstacles on the scene e Choose the best positions and calculate control areas of PTZ cameras b42 Dome cameras and 360 degree cameras e Obtain a text file 10 with full description of all cameras in the project view areas and cables to be pasted into a project explanatory no
107. cad com Interface 201 It is not recommended to change the order of cameras wthout necessity e To activate a camera and save the introduced changes click OK e To cancel the introduced changes and camera activation click Cancel e To switch promptly between cameras in the graphics window use the shortcut Ctrl Spacebar See also Active camera combo boxs 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 2 VideoCAD Lite 7 8 Numerate cameras Graphics window Main menu Camera Numerate cameras Consecutive numeration of cameras Numeration pattern v 1 v 2 V 3 vi4 v5 Camera v Layoutname 1 100 Example of numeration Numeration order Camera Layout 1 1 D Canaan namber Setting Numerate on layouts Starting index F Selected only From top to down mr ae v On all layouts From left to rig Start numeration on each layout Numerate Help This tool allows renaming and serial numeration any quantity of cameras simultaneously Order of work 1 Adjust Numeration pattern 203 2 Adjust Numeration orderko2 3 Adjust additional Settinglo 4 Click Numeratelo Numeration pattern Numeration pattern can be adjusted by combo boxes and check boxes placed above the combo boxes In order that position of a combo box presents in the pattern the box above this combo box should be marked It is possible to select variants of using the positions In the Example of
108. calculates the total length of cable To change the default parameters and obtain the calculation results double click the image of any cable segment or click Signal cable again A dialog box of the same name appears after that 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 12 VideoCAD Lite The results of the cables calculation on each individual camera and on the project as a whole are included into the text file obtained by Export to textho and Cable report h3 It is possible to use Line seqments 92 for cable modeling with subsequent cable length calculation Use separate line typeslts for drawing a cable of each type For length calculation use the Length calculation of line segmentsko tool and the Cable reporths l See also Constructions button groupl90 View gt Active camera cables View gt All camera cablesh1 Cable layingh3 Length calculation of line seqmentsle08 Cable reporth3 Power cable When this button pressed you can draw the power cable of the Active cameral78 by successive clicks in the graphics area The end of each segment is the start of the next one To stop drawing cable press ESC The status barl 421 displays the segment length and its projection to distance and height Both clicks are to be made in the same projection If the projections are different the measured values are incorrect therefore when constructing a segment with its ends in different projections the values a
109. ce Testing of CCTV Perimeter Surveillance Systems Using the Rotakin Standard Test Target The Rotakin model meets the requirements of the document See also Constructions button groupl90 Constructions gt Global snaps Choosing this item opens a submenu enabling to switch global snaps on off and display the snap panel with the help of which it is convenient switch the snaps fast when drawing Snaps enhance the convenience in drawing As a result of the snaps functioning the cursor sticks to the certain points lines or directions Points the cursor sticks to base object points e Lines the cursor sticks to objects lines Angular snap functions at construction of line segments angles cables and at moving and rotating as well After that the subsequent construction points are leveled from the previous points horizontally and vertically e Extension the cursor sticks to the virtual horizontal and vertical lines passing through base objects points The snap Extension is disabled for hiddenhs objects and in the Select Edit s7 mode e At grid the cursor sticks to grid nodes In the Options box 9 you can change snap sensitivity e Show panel display the snap panel with the help of which it is convenient switch the snaps fast while drawing The pop up menu appearing when clicking the graphics areal75 with the right button of the mouse contains an item Local snap The local snaps have the same function as th
110. creen resolution in Windows However modern megapixel cameras already have a much higher resolution Even when the camera resolution is less than the screen resolution it is inconvenient to work with images that occupy a large area on the screen and require a lot of time for regeneration In most cases we need only to see how an object on the scene will look on image from a camera with the specified resolution VideoCAD solves this problem with the help of PiP technology Picture in Picture Order of work Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 23 VideoCAD Lite 8 20 Example 20 Selecting frame rate on the basis of known target s positions and velocities The frame rate greatly affects the required bandwath of communication channels the capacity of the archives computing power and hence the total cost of video surveillance systems At the same time choosing optimal frame rate not an easy task and criteria for selection are not always unambiguous When the frame rate is too low omission of important events are possible too high frame rate leads to an unjustified rise in price of video surveillance systems VideoCAD offers a tool for choosing frame rates based on the desired frequency of getting in the frame objects with the known positions and velocity Additionally you can create animated images with the specified frame rate Problem Place
111. ct load backgroundf1 by means of constructions 90 create 3D model of environment and place 3D models 98 of people and cars at control points 2 Preliminary place cameras in the Graphics window 4 Openlee the Monitor window choose Dimensionf7 of monitor This dimension must be a little bit greater than quantity of cameras Connecths all cameras to this monitor On the monitor images from preliminary placed cameras will be visible 5 Analyze images If an image is not optimum do the following e Double click the image 3D window will appear e In the Main menu of 3D window choose item View gt PTZH framel7 ad e Using the frame adjust position and parameters of the camera to get optimum image At the same time changes in the Graphics window are performed automatically ILbs e Thus adjust all cameras If necessary movel 8 cameras in the Graphics window create additional cameras and delete the cameras which have become unnecessary e f one monitor is not enough to control video surveillance system connect cameras to other 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 223 monitorslt7 in the Monitor window 6 As a result we receive ready project e Drawing of cameras placement in the Graphics window e Images of video surveillance system on monitors e Descriptionlo of all cameras for an explanatory note Exte
112. ction If the projections are different the measured values are incorrect therefore when constructing a segment wth its ends in different projections the values are not displayed in the status bar In this case when changing the drawing the segment is attached to the projection with its initial point A cable consists of segments allowing to drawit in different projections and layouts representing an actual scheme of laying accurately When copyingls the cable segments between cameras and layouts a process of cable drawing is accelerated considerably even in complex CCTV systems When drawing a cable the menu item Cable layinghs might be used When choosing it a float panel of the same name appears enabling to choose a shift of segment ends for a level parallel cable drawing along the walls columns etc If the Main menu gt View gt All cameras cables item is checked cables of all cameras will be visible but only cables of the active camera can be edited If this item is not checked cables of the active camera will be visible only E 4 Draw the Main cables which is not associated with cameras 4 1 Draw the Main cables with the help of tools Line segmentls and Polylinels I using the adjusted at p 1 244 line types Line type can be assigned before drawing lines or during editing lines on the Line type panel 44 To change Line type of several selected 8 lines at once use the Change line tyoehs tool 5 Get the Cable rep
113. ctions a Spatial resolution Shadow We ans acon lt S OK x Cancel 9 Default Help On this tab you can control visibility of buttons on the Tool barl 80 of the Graphics window In the left window there are Invisible buttons in the right window there are Visible buttons lt lt With the help of buttons and you can mowe buttons between these two windows making them visible or invisible To mowe a button to other window e select it by clicking gt e click on the appropriate button Make the button visible or Make the button invisible If after changing buttons visibility the Tool bar looks incorrectly restart VideoCAD 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 1 VideoCAD Lite 7 6 8 Miscellaneous Graphics window Options Main menu z Lines Fonts Camera and Illuminator Keyboard 3D modeling View Export Other Tool bar Options Navigation Shadow Miscellaneous Scale factor 1 5 zj 7 Calculate shadows for Exclude blinking W loaded camera Snap sensitivity 7 X 7 Calculate shadows from 3D models Calculate shadows for loaded 10 1 camera once UNDO depth Monitor size factor A OK X Cancel l Default Help Scaling factor when turning the mouse wheel At a large factor the navigation becomes quicker but less precise Also use the key Ctrl 148 Sign of this factor determines the reaction for direct
114. ctions can have gradient colors s4 In this case key colors of the gradient correspond to the colors in the assigned pattern from the Spatial resolution box MODELING RESOLUTION OF MEGAPIXEL CAMERAS 7 23 On the Image parameter panel a new tab 53 30 window PiP Picture in Picture was added The PiP image Sene Camera Ji Processing View Speed Ud Help mode allows to model in the 3D window images SSS z with resolution exceeding the 3D window resolution and even the resolution of the Windows screen 7 24 Digital ZOOM in the PiP mode allows to additionally magnifying specified area on the 3D window for detailed analysis 7 25 If the image resolution differs from the 3D window size and artificial decrease of resolution is performed or the PiP is displayed in the Titles 168 of the 3D window in separated lines the image resolution and the screen resolution are displayed 7 26 New values of resolution in the drop down lists Lists of resolution are stored in files H_res txt and V_res txt in the VideoCAD installation directory To add new resolution it is possible to edit these files As well as in the previous versions you can type any resolutions by the keyboard MODELING MOVEMENT 7 27 You can specify speed and direction of movement for 3D models 81 in a velocity vector form and in a numerical form 7 28 On the Current construction parameter panel when choosing 3D models there is an additional Speedh4 box 7 29 F
115. culation Use separate line types to draw each cable type For length calculation use the Length calculation of line segmentsko tool See also Constructions button group 90 Constructions gt Polyline This tool allows to draw line segments continuously The end of each segment is the start of the next one To stop drawing lines press ESC In other respects this tool equals to the Line segment 92 see above See also Constructions button group 90 Constructions gt Angle When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal 75 specifies the vertex of an angle Second and third clicking specify its arms The status barl143 displays the angle value in degrees If the angle vertex and arms are constructed in different projections when changing drawing the angle is attached to the projection with its vertex In the 3D windowl6 2 vertical rectangles will be displayed at the angle place Default minimal and maximal heights of the rectangles are determined by the line typel18 which constructs the Angle The heights can be set separately for each Angle by means of current construction parameters panel 4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the line segment in numeric values Color of the rectangles is determined only by line type s which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the angle coordinates
116. d Signal cable length calculation box 03 choose Cable brandkos from the adjusted at p 124 line types 2 2 3 When necessary adjust reserve for cable laying and connection 2 2 4 Click OK in the Signal cable length calculation box 2 3 Assign brand to the power cable 2 3 1 Click the menu item Main menu gt Cables gt Power cable gt Calculate 2 3 2 In the appeared Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation box 203 choose Cable brando from the adjusted at p 1 248 line types 2 3 3 When necessary adjust reserve for cable laying and connection Specify electrical parameters 2 3 4 Click OK in the Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation box 2 4 Repeat steps 2 1 2 3 for all cameras cables of which must be taken into account 3 Draw cables of cameras in horizontal and vertical projection 3 1 Activate any of cameras 3 2 Choose Main menu gt Signal cables and draw the signal cable of this camera 3 3 Choose Main menu gt Power cablel138 and draw the power cable of this camera When this item chosen you can draw the signal cable of the active camera by successive clicks 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 27 in the graphics area The end of each segment is the start of the next one To stop drawing cable press ESC The status bant4 displays the segment length and its projection to distance and height Both clicks are to be made in the same proje
117. d by a bold style of hatch wthout gradient e Off don t hatch and fill view area projections A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the filling or hatching of the view area projections of the camera will be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the layout except the active camera this button changes view ae and operates the visibility of filling hatching projections of all selected cameras simultaneously View gt Spatial resolution Fill in different colors regions on the view area projections of the active camera depending on the spatial resolution within these regions Colors of the regions and the boundary values of the spatial resolution are determined by the spatial resolution pattern assigned to the camera 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com ne VideoCAD Lite In the Spatial resolution box 158 you can edit the patterns and assign them to cameras Camera 42 Drop down menu e Discrete colors fill the regions in discrete colors in accordance with a spatial resolution at the far bounds of the regions e J Gradient fill the view area projection in gradient color according to the spatial resolution at each point on the projection In case of gradient color is chosen the colors at the far region bounds equal to the colors of the Spatial resolution pattern but between the bounds color changes smoothly as well as real spatial reso
118. d free of charge Although the number of reserve registrations is limited to two the registration counter cleaning is regularly realized So you wont lose the purchased program in any case If you spend all reserve registrations before the registration counter cleaning you wil have to wait for the next registration counter cleaning to continue using the program Reserve registration The reserve registrations are performed only for the HID basis protection and only for VideoCAD 7 Lite version In the case of dongle basis protection the program will be operable on any computers if the dongle is connected to its USB port So the reserve registrations won t be necessary In case your HID is lost as a result of your computer system upgrade and VideoCAD requests registration key at start try entering the name and the first registration key If first registration key is not valid you will need a reserve registration Two reserve registrations are performed free of charge To get the reserve registration mail to support cctvcad com specifying the following information e Your name the same as at first registration e First registration key e Ordinal number of current registration e HID which is shown in the Registration box You can also use our on line registration form on our website http www cctvcad com CCTVCAD Register html In reply you will get a new registration key In other respects a reserve registration is the same as t
119. d illustrated step by step instructions on how to use VideoCAD You can download the articles here http www cctvead com CCTVCAD Download htm There you can also find VideoCAD User s Guide in pdf format Package to import 3D models Other useful programs for CCTV design 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Recommendations on the program use 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com Recommendations on the program use 259 9 Recommendations on the program use Precision in calculations VideoCAD calculates results on the base of laws of geometrical optics video sensors characteristics lighting engineering and radiometry In some cases iterative algorithms are employed Mathematical precision in VideoCAD calculations is not less than 1 At the same time parameters of real cameras and lenses are not so precise When using a low cost camera e g KPC 400P with PIN HOLE lens F 3 7mm an error of determining vertical parameters is about 5 and an error of determining horizontal parameters is up to 10 15 the actual horizontal sizes of view area proved exceed the calculated ones The error depends on an object s location in a plane perpendicular to the main optical axis projection The errors were caused by significant geometrical distortions of short focus PIN HOLE lens Anyway nobody can guarantee that just your camera and lens have no significant inequality of focal length value with th
120. dash lines 150 green grass 236 grey 150 Grid 105 107 169 186 Grid selected step box 80 81 grid step 107 171 ground 75 Ground color 192 Ground indication 186 Ground surface 169 H half frames 171 halogen incandescent lamp 234 236 hardware acceleration 174 Hatch and dash lines 195 hatching 107 hatchings 81 headgear 259 Height 146 160 188 height above the ground 142 Height indication 186 height of camera installation 171 height of depth of field measurement 248 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com height of illuminator 233 height of installation 152 153 214 height of the 3D model 107 Height of view area lower bound 152 153 height of view area upper bound 152 153 221 Help 105 107 Help Contents 105 107 HID 265 HID identifies basis 265 HID is lost 265 HID might be lost 265 hidden objects 107 hidden state 75 107 Hide 75 105 107 hide any projection 75 Hide background 105 107 Hide horizontal projection 75 80 81 105 107 Hide panel 144 145 Hide vertical projection 75 80 81 105 107 high resolution emf 107 high resolution monitors 198 high resolution cameras 220 hight resolution images 169 hints 142 Home Office Guidelines for identification 158 Home Office Scientific Development Branch 107 158 Homepage 105 horizontal black line 150 Horizontal bounds 186 Horizontal line 80 81 105 107 horizontal projection 142 148 horizontal projecti
121. deoCAD 7 0 45 VideoCAD font type 188 VideoCAD interface 73 VideoCAD Lite 17 29 VideoCAD Professional VideoCAD Starter 29 VideoCAD Users Guide 256 VideoCAD Lite 265 Videotape recorder 153 View 105 107 171 view angles of lens 153 view area 150 View areabounds 186 View areaedges 80 81 105 107 186 View area horizontal projection lower bound 219 view area is narrowing downwards 153 view area is narrowing upwards 153 3 17 29 View arealength 152 153 View area limitations 152 153 View area lower bound 219 220 View area lower bound distance 152 153 view area lower bound height 166 View area lower bound width 219 View area projection bounds 80 81 186 View area projections 41 View area projections bounds 105 107 View area upper bound 219 220 View area upper bound distance 152 153 171 219 220 view area upper bound height 166 171 virtual post 169 visibility of buttons on the Tool bar 197 Visible buttons 197 visible light projector 235 visible pixelization 174 Visualization of cameras control area 240 Visualization of cameras control area projections and spatial resolution inside them 213 VISUALIZATION OF SPATIAL RESOLUTION AND FIELD OF VIEW SIZE 45 voltage slump 192 W Wall 80 81 105 107 144 216 220 warming up 236 Warranty 273 watt m2 236 wavelength of radiation maximum 232 weather conditions 259 What s new in VideoCAD 3 0 45 What s new in VideoCAD 4 0 45 What s new in
122. depend not only on the criterion valuel6 but also on the camera resolution Thus for criteria related to the number of pixels which covers a specified height Pixel per meter Pixel for object value of the criterion determines the spatial resolution ie how detailed the scene is photographed In this case Vertical resolution of camera determines the size of the field of view Conversely for criteria related to the height of the field of view Field of view height of Field of view for object criterion value determines the size of the field of view In this case Vertical resolution of camera determines the spatial resolution ie how detailed the scene is photographed This box affects the images in the Resolutionl163 and the Field of viewt63 columns in the Spatial resolution box In the VideoCAD Lite and Starter versions this box also affects visualization of the regions in the Graphics window If the item Processing gt Resolutions 174 in the main menu of the 3D window is checked then number of pixels of the image in the 3D windows will be limited by the value in this box If number of pixels is not set N A calculation is performed for vertical 576 pixels what corresponds to analog camera Table of regions In rows of this table you can see and edith parameters of regions of the chosen spatial resolution pattern The bottom row of the table corresponds the nearest to the camera region 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www
123. e A segment can be also used to measure distances on layouts wthout clicking for the second time in this case Line segments can be used for modeling cables wth subsequent cable length calculation Use separate line types to draw each cable type For length calculation use the Length calculation of line segments eo tool See also Constructions button group s0 Ill Polyline 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface ss This tool allows to draw line segments continuously The end of each segment is the start of the next one To stop drawing lines press ESC In other respects this tool equals to the Line segmentl92 see above See also Constructions button group 90 21 Angle When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal751 specifies the vertex of an angle Second and third clicking specify its arms The status barh4 displays the angle value in degrees lf the angle vertex and arms are constructed in different projections when changing drawing the angle is attached to the projection with its vertex In the 3D windowlie 2 vertical rectangles will be displayed at the angle place Default minimal and maximal heights of the rectangles are determined by the line type s which constructs the Angle The heights can be set separately for each Angle by means of current construction parameters panel4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the line segm
124. e Circle sA Text s MaskT98 Eillingle8 3D model ss 3D imageho Rotakinho Signal cablehioh Power cablelio3 Global snaps ro i gt Ooasoea e Active camera control element groupho ig Change installation heightho fr Change view area upper boundhio3 Change view area lower bound 103 e Scale button groupho Move drawingho Q Q Zoom in zoom outho e Undo button groupho Undoho Redoho 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http ww cctvcad com Interface at 7 1 2 1 Tools E lt EE t BB Camera 25 CES lt v amp a k Unassigne x E 6 28 a Bee K R2MYONZoOEPD TON I UATI om its See Tool bar location TA Visibility of buttons on the Tool bar can be adjusted on the Toolbarlt9 tab of the Options box Project button group E Save to project Save working project to a file Camera button group a New Create new camera with default parameters In the dialog box appeared you can change a x camera number name type of the camera which determines the kind of icon by which it Camera number Additional infomation will be displayed If necessary you can enter LR additional information on the created camera Name for example purpose a place and features of Camera 19 installation Camera icon CH indoor fixed Jo OK l X Cancel Le Later it is possible to change name number ty
125. e meter foot vertical number of pixels covered by an object of the specified height meter foot the part of the frame covered by an object of the specified height meter foot 7 20 The spatial resolution is measured at the specified height and can be displayed in the Horizontal projection in all modes In the Vertical projection the spatial resolution is displayed in the loaded active camera editing mode only Camera 6 CH Camera 3 CH PR Camera 4 CH matt Camera 5 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com What s new in VideoCAD 4 7 21 The new Spatial resolution box 5 was Sp E added in which it is possible to create and edit Pattem patterns of spatial resolution and field of view Home Office Scientific Development an SES size visualization In the box there are prepared spatial resolution patterns according to the Pattern criterion Hegi Abject Herat of Field of view for object AUTO 1 64 Vertical resolution of camera following criteria Home Office Scientific pply re De Active Development Branch Home Office Guidelines To selected sanS for identification P 78 36 008 99 Also in the Canea Resolution Field of View box there are examples of images of group of i people are automatically displayed for each region of spatial resolution Different patterns can be assigned to different cameras 7 22 View area proje
126. e 105 107 Field of view size in point 80 81 Fill projections 80 105 107 Fill Title Block 107 Filling 80 81 105 107 240 Filter transmission coefficient 227 Find on layouts 181 200 Find text 105 107 First registration 265 First registration key 265 fix some parameters of construction 146 Fixed iris 225 Focal length 157 Focal plane 80 81 105 107 focus plane 186 248 font color at printing 188 font coloron the screen 188 font height ininches 188 Font type name box 145 Font type number box 145 Font type panel 74 143 145 185 font typeface 188 font types 145 185 Fonts 188 format of measurements 107 160 formatting your hard disk 265 frame rate 147 169 238 Frame rate fps 171 frame reading time 252 From left to right 202 From top to down 202 full frame or one field 221 Full screen 179 full version 224 full version of VideoCAD 265 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com ee Gamma 192 225 gamma correction 225 General information on VideoCAD 3 17 29 geometrical distortions 259 Getting started 69 GIF 195 Global shutter 243 Global snaps 80 81 105 107 Google SketchUp 255 Graphical calculation of depth of field 220 graphical depth of field calculation 142 graphical editing state 75 81 graphics area 74 75 graphics card driver 174 graphics card features 174 graphics methods 220 Graphics window 74 75 graphics window menu 148 graphics window size 142 green
127. e Table of regions Pop up menu will appear With the help of this menu you can change image in the Table of regions fi a samplel F In the Editingh6 mode the Names of regions and the Criterion values become accessible for DiagCro editing In addition the Type of hatching combo boxes s and Colors of regions 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 164 VideoCAD Lite buttons Lt appear vViaygvius 7 DiagCro In the Type of hatching combo boxes Disco can choose type of hatching for each region Hatching will be visible in the Spatial resolution box when the Blend Hatchli6 box is not checked In the Graphics window hatching of the chosen type will be shown for cameras which have chosen Hatching in the menu of the Fill projections 83 button Color of region is the same for filling and for hatching Camera 6 E How to add your own images to the Table of regions Table of regions can display any images in jpg format for example photos of objects etc Adding your own images you can see how your objects will look at the far bounds of regions To add your own images to the Table of regions 1 Take any jpg file digital photo image made by camera with resolution no less than resolution of your CCTV cameras 2 Name your file by the following composite name lt anyname gt lt W gt lt H gt lt CX gt lt CY gt ipg 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com
128. e Wall tool is intended for drawing walls with specified thickness and height In these walls you can make apertures 961 of any shape for example for doors and windows When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal 75 specifies the start point of a Wall Second clicking specifies the end point of the Wall The length and the width of the wall appear in the status barh4 In line type panelh4 that appeared below graphics area there is a box in which it is possible to choose from the list or enter from keyboard the thickness of the wall Two buttons allow switching the orientation of the second wall side relatively to the first one eos You can also switch the orientation quickly by pressing the Space bar In the 3D windowhe a parallelepiped will be displayed at the wall place Default minimal and maximal heights of the wall are determined by the line typehs which constructs the wall The heights can be set separately for each wall by means of the current construction parameters panell148 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the wall in numeric values Color of the parallelepiped is determined only by line typelts8 which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the wall coordinates of the first second points length angle In walls it is possible to make apertures for doors and windows using the Aperture i
129. e for cable laying AWG Cable resistance Ohm Reserve for camera connection m heal Reserve for source connection m Voltage at cable start v Cable length including reserves m Consumption current 4 Cable coil size m Quantity of cameras 1 Cable coil number Voltage at cable end Y 246 ron Cable surplus m e Spare the means and win tenders due to the reduction of cameras quantity in projects and increase of their efficiency e Reduce time expended and boost design quality e Cut down the amount of controversial situations with customers and accelerate their solution VideoCAD does not use any simplified formulas and techniques which in non typical situations give considerable errors VideoCAD can be used for the prompt but exact calculations of view area projections to draw on a location plan when performing a graphical part of CCTV project It can be also used to perform scrupulous analysis complicated cases to choose the most suitable camera location and lens parameters VideoCAD is useful tool for security firms army police and security department of many companies VideoCAD can be effective at CCTV designer trainingles 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite 2 General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite VideoCAD is a multifunctional tool f
130. e g the layout scanned from a paper copy dxf AutoCAD format created in AutoCAD or other program supporting export to dxf dwg AutoCAD format created in AutoCAD or other program supporting export to dwg jpg png gif tif the compressed image e g a digital picture of the plan scanned image wmf emf emf Windows Metafile export to wmf is supported by the majority of the Windows graphics applications Compatiability with AutoCAD versions VideoCAD 7 1 can use files of the following CAD formats as a background dxf AutoDesk DXF Release 12 13 14 2000 2002 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 dwg AutoDesk DWG Release 12 13 14 2000 2002 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Software protection on USB Dongle basis applied for VideoCAD Lite and VideoCAD Professional The program is operable on any computers to which port the dongle is connected So you can carry the program from computer to computer modernize computer etc Only for VideoCAD Lite for your convenience there is a possibility to register the program with the tie to you computer parameters one time So you can start using the program before the dongle delivery With VideoCAD Professional the registration with HID locking to hardware parameters is impossible The dongle should be connected to the USB port of you computer You can get more information on USB dongles in the USB don
131. e global ones though working during one operation Constructions gt Lock constructions After modeling the environment the cameras placement stage begins At this stage displacement of constructions is not required any more and their casual selection can cause inconveniences If this item is marked the selection of constructions is locked To release the locking click this item once again Edit gt Select All Select all constructions models cameras cables and illuminators on the current layout Edit gt Select Edit 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite With this button chosen the first corner of PERE AREER PE Renee eee selection window appears when clicking any empty place of graphics areal75 once Clicking it again completes the designation of selection window All the objects which hit in the selection window and reside on the projection coinciding with one being clicked for the first time will be selected 771 However the earlier selected objects not hitting in the selection window will revert to normal state 761 If Ctrl is pressed at clicking the objects within the selection window are inverted on the contrary state of those not hitting in the selection window remains the same It is possible to select objects by one by clicking their image once thus enabling the earlier selected objects to revert to normal state If Ctrl is pressed at clicking the objects are inverted and th
132. e of the view area upper bound Camera gt Change view area lower bound When this button is pressed clicking in a vertical projection specifies a new height of the view area lower bound The values of view area lower bound height 53 in the Camera Geometry box 158 change according to a clicked point height 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com mo VideoCAD Lite Camera gt Move active camera name When this item chosen clicking in the graphics areal75 specifies new location of the active camera name relatively to its icon in the projection which you clicked if the Options box gt Camera icon gt Camera Icon gt Scalablelt94 is not checked then the size of the camera icon is not scalable so the distance up to the name also cannot be scalable The distance is saved in pixels If the Scalable is checked then the size of the camera icon is scalable so the distance up to the name is scalable too The distance is saved in meters foot Scalable and unscalable positions are stored separately so switching the Scalable box will not lead to losing of the saved positions of the camera name Drawing gt Save as The item opens a submenu in which the format of the saving drawing file can be chosen You may save the drawing in any of the following formats bmp jpg dxf AutoCAD R14 dxf AutoCAD R2000 wmf emf emf gif tif png wmf format is very outdated it does not support images of 3D
133. e one declared in the specification or no significant geometrical distortions It is advisable to test a camera with a lens by placing it on a table in especially crucial cases The parameters and results can be divided by any constant value For instance you can place the camera at a 50 cm height above a table which will be equivalent to 2 5 m at factor 5 A place of camera installation will be the location of the lens optical center All the results obtained are to be divided by 5 too If not performing such a test it is recommended to leave a reserve about 10 15 in the results a Program speed and system requirements Recommended system requirements IBM compatible computer with 2 Core processor 512 Mb of RAM 40 Mb of free hard disk space SVGA video adapter with Open GL 3D Hardware support Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 operating system Wheel Mouse As with other CAD software real system requirements greatly depend on complication of your working materials If you use a lot of 3D models background file of tens of megabytes you need more productive hardware But you can simplify your materials and make the same work on outdated computer Thus there can t be clear system requirements which are correct in all cases Program speed depends on several factors Redraw speed of the image depends on number and complexity of displayed 3D models and the size of opened 3D window VideoCAD offers powerful but resou
134. e pasted cables belong to a camera which is active during paste and to paste any quantity of constructions 901 3D_objects 128 cameras texts 98 and cables at a time It is available to copy and paste constructions cables and texts between the projects To this effect make a copy in one project then open another project or create a new one and paste what you have copied Be careful when copying and pasting cables You can copy only cables of Active cameral 78 and when pasting these cables will belong to the camera which is active during pasting If a camera is being pasted a new camera wth parameters of the pasted camera is created automatically This is an alternative way to create new cameras Move Move the selected objects 77 After clicking this button the first click in a graphics areal75 designates the starting moving point 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 90 VideoCAD Lite the second click the final one When moving take into account the projection to which the objects are attached A simultaneous moving objects in different projections vertically is locked as being incorrect Selectedl77 objects or cameras can be moved in Select edit 87 mode In order to move place the cursor above the selected object press left mouse button move after moving is finished release the left mouse button C5 Rotate Rotate the selected objects 771 After clicking this button the first click in a grap
135. e physical diagonal of the Monitor window on the computer screen calculate the needed Monitor size factor value in the Monitor diagonal box Physical diagonal of the Monitor window The Monitor diagonal is measured in inches 1 inch 25 4 mm For various physical monitors and screen settings in Windows may require different Monitor size factors 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 20 VideoCAD Lite 7 7 Camera list Graphics window Tool bar LS Camera list Project 1 Camera list A Number Name Model Layout focal length Image size Camera icon 8 Camera 8 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 576 EH outdoor fixed 9 Camera 9 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 576 10 Camera 10 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 576 11 Camera 11 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 576 12 Camera 12 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 Camera 14 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 x Cancel Q Find oe 30 Table of Cameras Help Description In the Camera list box list of cameras in the project is displayed Active camera is highlighted by red frame Any camera can be activated removed renamed found on layouts it is possible to show 3D image from this camera It is also possible to sort cameras in the list To perform any manipulations with the camera first select its name in the list by clicking For the chosen camera it is possible to change Additional information and Camera type which determines camera icon type
136. e size on display of any object in camera view area in percentage of display size pixels TV lines and millimetres inches in case of Imperial format e Choose visually a relative location of cameras using the graphics windowl74 with CAD interface Use a lot of 2D 3D constructions and CAD tools line types font types horizontal and vertical projections up to 10 layouts in each project Layout 1 Project Camera Drawing View Scale Constructions Edit Cables Criteria Help B lt B amp E Cameais Sos M GE Project 1 Layout 1 OP 85 8647 7 38771 I E Le ICEA v A MT Unessione y Aaaa RMAONZOROVTORPPUAK kN r a m E Cr E 3 Global snap Local snap o Undo TL Find active camera Q Zoom in Q Zoom out Erase Erase all Y 0459 zis 30H 0 Speed 0o laz Line 17 X 85 9 m Y 7 39 m Specify point 3 pix Pit 0 5 mm 30 Hl 0 0m Show all Find text 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional 5 e Locate cameras and cables on the prepared layoutsh1 in bmp jpg emf wmf png gif tif AutoCAD dxf dwg formats e Obtain a drawingl118 containing two projections of site layout with the camera images calculated view areas and cables and with coordinate grid and titles to be used in graphical path of the project e Printh13 the o
137. e state of the rest remains the same During construction 3D sceneshe it is often necessary to place some constructions one over another at a different height made by means of different line types ha To select one or more construction located one over another made by means of different line types e make the line type panelh4 visible for example by double clicking any construction e choose on the panel the line type of construction you want to select select the construction by clicking Just repeat clicking at the same place without moving the cursor Thus objects under the cursor will be selected sequentially To move objects on the foreground or background use menu items Bring to frontl135 Send to back E Selected objects can be moved To move the selected objects bring the cursor to the selected one press the left mouse button and move the selected objects After finishing the moving release left mouse button To cancel selection click this button again To select all objects on the current layout use Cirl A shortcut For switching to Select Edit mode from any mode use also Esc button See also Selected state 77 E Editing state of objects To translate an object into editing state 7 double click its image After that pink grips appear on the object base points When moving the cursor over this point its image changes X To edit an object click beside a base point with a grip and move the cursor After clicking
138. e view area upper bounal103 are always displayed relatively to the active camera At moving the cursor nearer to the camera icon the name model name and basic camera parameters are displayed During scaling 90 in the right part of the Status bar the current scale factor is displayed 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 143 7 1 6 Pop up panels See location of the Pop up panels 74 Pop up panels appear automatically in the bottom of the Graphics window during creating or editing constructions and texts Line type panelh4 Font type panel 143 Current construction parameter panell148 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 14 VideoCAD Lite 7 1 6 1 Line type panel 1 Line1 N Screen 1 pix Print 05 mm 3D D 92m The panel is designed for choosing line typeshs and displaying parameters of the current line type The panel appears automatically in the bottom of the graphics areal75 when clicking the construction buttons 901 when choosing the correspondent menu items or when editing 7 constructions The panel hides automatically in other modes You can hide the panel by choosing the Hide panel item in the pop up menu appearing when right clicking the panel The panel contains the following items e Line type number box e Line type name box Choosing values in these boxes changes the current line type As a result of changing line type of a construction using this
139. ecessary to know the maximum exposure time for each of them Problem There is a camera It is necessary to measure its maximum exposure time and the threshold illumination at which the camera switches to the maximum exposure time Equipment e Oscilloscope Any analog oscilloscope will suit e Luxmeter a device for measuring illumination Almost any kind of such a device with standard CIE spectral response will suit 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 250 VideoCAD Lite In case of testing analog cameras we need any PC based video capture system TV tuner with video input etc The System should allow to display live video on the computer screen and separate frames For testing IP cameras it is enough to have possibility to display video on the screen and separate frames Compact tungsten halogen lamp 12V 10W Stabilized power supply unit for the lamp 12V DC without considerable ripples of output voltage Lens with F1 2 aperture parameters of which are reliable focal length is 4 8mm f the camera allows to mount only mini lenses M12 the mini lens with a known aperture F2 0 is needed e Stand It is recommended for convenience and accuracy If you want to measure only the maximum exposure time and measuring the threshold illumination is not required then luxmeter incandescent lamp and power supply are not needed Instead it is required a manual iris lens Order of work 1 Set the lens
140. ed by the similar grid parameters 86 in the graphics window Backgroundh1 The Background is not visible by default You can make the background visible in the Main menu of 3D window 3D constructions represent stretched throughout the height 2D constructions 90 in the graphics window 3D models These are prepared 3D models of people cars and other objects See more 3D model 98 3D images Usual raster images can be placed in the 3D space See more 3D imagelo Cameras Cameras are represented as 3D models Camera view areas Are displayed as semi transparent figures for those cameras which View area edges 8 displaying is switched on The fragment of the test chart ElA1956 for the visual estimation of the current horizontal and vertical resolution Titlesh7 At the left top corner the main image parameters are displayed Visibility of some objects can be switched in the Main menul7 of the 3D window Location and editing these objects are carried out in the horizontal projection of the graphics areal75 In the 3D window the result of these actions can be observed a 3D window allows to e disclose the view area distortions arising from obstacles e savelt7 obtained images in the static files e see at the design stage that for what the video surveillance system is made images from 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 170 VideoCAD Lite video cameras If image in the 3D window is dis
141. edh1 to clipboard in bmp emf formats 3 3 The opportunity of quality printinght including the one on several pages to glue them was introduced 3 4 The opportunity of using textsh2A was introduced 3 5 The opportunity of using various fonts hs and line typeshs was introduced 3 6 New object is a Maskf2 The masks allow to cover any part of a drawing It is possible to draw new constructions over masks 3 7 New objects is a Circle 128 an Arcl97 a Double line 94 3 8 New operations are Align ts Move loaded camera namelt10 3 9 The opportunity to undolt04 the last four operations was introduced 3 10 The opportunity of using a constant coordinate system 18 that is not dependent on the loaded camera was introduced 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 6 VideoCAD Lite 3 11 The speed of redrawing the drawing containing many constructions and cameras was increased 3 12 The size of a project file was reduced 3 13 The maximal quantity of objects on each plan was increased up to 5000 and the maximal quantity of cable segments of each camera was increased up to 500 3 14 The opportunity of precise scaling using Ctrll148 was introduced 3 15 The opportunity of quick navigation using the mouse wheel was introduced 3 16 The opportunity of operating with inches and feet was introduced 3 17 The opportunity of changingls7 the size of a rectangle without distorting its shape was introduced
142. editing the patterns of spatial resolution and field of view size visualization In the box there are prepared spatial resolution patterns according to the following criteria e Home Office Scientific Development Branch e Home Office Guidelines for identification e P 78 36 008 99 Individual patterns can be customized according to any other criteria related to the spatial resolution or the field of view size Also in the box there are examples of images of group of people are automatically displayed for each region of spatial resolution It is convenient to keep the Spatial resolution box opened during the analysis of spatial resolution in the Graphics window Comparing color of regions on the layout with color in table in the spatial resolution box on the images in the Resolutionft6 and Field of viewhs columns you can immediately see the expected resolution and field of view size at every point of view area of each camera See further Tools in the Spatial resolution box 68 Work with the Spatial resolution box 6 See also Spatial resolution 84 Fill projection 83 _ Visualization of cameras control area projections and spatial resolution inside them 24 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 160 VideoCAD Lite 7 3 1 Tools Pattern 160 Spatial resolution Active cameralted Pattem 3 E Active Home Office Scientific Development _ Gam
143. een and the field of view of the camera must not be skew On the computer screen 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 253 lines of the oscilloscope scale should be strictly parallel to the sides of the frame 3 Set the oscilloscope sweep time 50ms div Scan automatic If your oscilloscope has such settings Connect the Low frequency oscillator to the oscilloscope On the oscilloscope screen a flying thin vertical line must be visible On the computer screen instead of the thin vertical line thick inclined line will be seen The thickness of the line in the scale of oscilloscope screen equals to the camera s exposure time The inclination of the line is determined by the row time of camera s rolling shutter 4 Save and view a frame in which the inclined line gets wholly If you can not get such frame increase the oscilloscope sweep to 100ms div If inclination is not enough decrease the oscilloscope sweep to 20ms div 5 To calculate the row time first read a difference between the edge of the line on the top and on the bottom of the frame in the scale of the oscilloscope screen frame reading time 70ms And then divide the resulting time by the number of rows in the image 1200 and get the row time 58 microseconds 50 ms diy Frame size 1600 1200 pix Row time 70ms 1200 0 058ms 58 microseconds 6 Repeat measurements for other frame sizes of the same camera In
144. el on a surface construct the surface by the rectanglel 93 tool using line type wth the required maximum height place the 3D model on it and then change 3D model line type to the line type of the surface On the Current construction parameters panel you can resize 3D models separately on axes To do this enter new values into X Y Z boxes during 3D model editing If the box is marked change of any size leads to proportional change of other sizes thus model proportions are not broken 3D model height above the ground is displayed and can be changed in 3D H box E License plate of cars Let s consider 3D models cars with license plates License plate type the same for all car models is determined by the file number bmp file in the directory Models and the plate size by the corresponding settings in the Options box on the 3D modelingho tab This opportunity allows using the same models in different countries with different license plates To make cars appear in the 3D window with the license plate of your country e create a bmp file with the image of you license plate The size of file sides in pixels must be equal to powers of two 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 e replace the file number bmp by your file e specify the sizes of your license plate in the Options box Adding new 3D models to the library 3D model files themselves are in the folder Models in the VideoCAD installation directory To add
145. em near Signal cable item The results of the cables calculation on each individual camera and on the project as a whole are included into the text file obtained by Export to textho and Cable reportli38 It is possible to use Line segments 92 for cable modeling with subsequent cable length calculation Use separate line typeshs for drawing a cable of each type For length calculation use the Length calculation of line segments 2o tool and the Cable reporths See also Constructions button groupl90 View gt Active camera cablesh1 ViewsAll camera cablesh1 Cable layingl38 Length calculation of line segmentsko Cable reporths 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 13 VideoCAD Lite Cables gt Power cable When this button pressed you can draw the power cable of the active camera by successive clicks in the graphics area The end of each segment is the start of the next one To stop drawing cable press ESC The status barl144 displays the segment length and its projection to distance and height Both clicks are to be made in the same projection If the projections are different the measured values are incorrect therefore when constructing a segment with its ends in different projections the values are not displayed in the status bar In this case when changing a drawing the segment is attached to the projection with its initial point A cable consists of segments allowing to draw it in different
146. en in the camera specification But it is not difficult to measure the row time in practice The row time may vary with different settings of the same camera VideoCAD7 offers a tool for modeling distortions of moving objects depending on the row time But to use this tool you need to know the row time Problem There is a IP camera with Rolling shutter It is necessary to measure its row time the difference in time between the beginning exposure of neighboring rows Equipment e Oscilloscope Any analog oscilloscope will suit e Low frequency oscillator Use any sine wave signal generator of any frequency in the range from 200 Hz to the upper limit of the oscilloscope bandwidth You can use any homemade generator software generator for a computer etc e For testing IP cameras it is enough to have possibility to display video on the screen and separate frames e A Lens focal length is 4 8mm e Stand It is recommended for convenience and accuracy Order of work 1 Set the maximum image size in pixels in the camera setting 2 Set the lens on the camera install the camera on the stand point the camera at the screen of the oscilloscope connect camera to computer display image from the camera on the computer screen The oscilloscope screen must completely cover the field of view in vertical But it is not necessarily that the oscilloscope screen placed in the frame entirely It is important that between the oscilloscope scr
147. ent in numeric values Color of the rectangles is determined only by line type s which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the angle coordinates of the first second third points length angle value in degree The angle tool is also used to measure angles on layouts See also Constructions button group 90 QO Rectangle When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal751 specifies the first corner of a rectangle Second clicking completes the rectangle construction The status barh4 displays the information on the rectangle sizes and location In the 3D windowl169 a parallelepiped will be displayed at the rectangle place Default minimal and maximal heights of the parallelepiped are determined by the line type Had which constructs the rectangle The heights can be set separately for each rectangle by means of current construction parameters panelh4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the rectangle in numeric values Color of the parallelepiped is determined only by line typelis l which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the rectangle coordinates of the first points height width 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com o VideoCAD Lite Rectangles are also used for creating rectangular horizonta
148. eoCAD Starter earlier locked tools from version VideoCAD Professional were opened e Rotakinho without modeling rotation e Modeling number of pixels h7A of the image in the 3D window e Modeling JPEG compressionh7 in the 3D window 7 1 3 In version VideoCAD Starter earlier locked tools from version VideoCAD Lite were opened e 3D modelsI 981 from version Lite people trees cars etc e Possibility of import 3D models and scenes from Google SketchUp and Autodesk 3ds MAX e Copylsd and Pastel ss of constructions and cameras e Loading backgroundl1 in AutoCAD dxf and dwg formats e Displaying examples of images 63 in the Spatial resolution box resolution only e Modeling images from cameras turned by 90 degreesh5 e Saving the drawing in the Graphics windows with resolution exceeding Windows screen resolution 7 1 4 Default values of Light efficiency and LED efficiency factor of LEDs were upgrades according to parameters of modern LEDs 7 1 5 A Car image with license plateh6 was added to the Spatial resolution box 7 1 6 Detected errors since release of VideoCAD 7 0 were corrected 7 1 7 The help system was upgraded 7 1 8 Upgrade from versions VideoCAD 7 0 Starter Lite Professional is offered free of charge Upgrade from earlier versions is performed by rules of upgradel551to VideoCAD 7 0 7 1 9 The VideoCAD Starter Kit is released It is a kit of three programs at the special price including e VideoCAD Starte
149. er another Edit gt Hide Hide the selected objects 7 With this item chosen the selected objects proceed into hidden state In the hidden state the objects are displayed on the background in light grey color The rest characteristics are similar to 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 13 VideoCAD Lite those of normal state 761 The hidden state is used to conceal the temporarily interfering objects To return to normal state selectli3 the hidden objects The snap Extensionf3 is disabled for hidden objects When working with a separate object it is convenient to select all the objects in layoutl113 using the shortcut Ctrl A and hide them After that select the objects needed Edit gt Align Align the selected objects 7A Because limited accuracy of computer calculations sometimes after a rotation objects form is being distorted a little The effect of choosing this item is alignment of the form of selected objects Efficiency of alignment depends on a scale Vast scale provides the minimum of efficiency small scale the maximum At high degree of efficiency small objects can be distorted Edit gt Change Line type After choosing this item at the bottom of the graphics areal 75 appears the line type panell4 In the line type panel you can choose line typel180 for the selected 77 constructions 90 _and cameras Line type changing by this tool does not change minimal and maximal heights
150. era Edit Savehied Wee cd Pattern criterion Height Pattern criterion 168 of Fiekd of view for object AUTO Hei ht heh Vertical resolution of camera Object heightheh POI 7 Active Apply res lie Blend To selected ass Blend Hatchh6 Hatch sc Resolution Field of View Assignh6 To selected camerashe Vertical resolution of camerale2 Table of regions 16 Resolutionhe3 Field of iewh6 Type of hatching combo box 6 Colors of regions buttonh6 How to add your own images to the Table of ecognise regions he Pattern Pattern i ti Home Office Scientific Development E eee In this combo box the name of the chosen pattern of spatial resolution is shown You can choose any pattern from 30 patterns of spatial resolution Parameters of the chosen pattern are displayed and can be edited in the Spatial resolution box The name of the pattern can be edited in this box when the Edit 16 button is pressed The box is inaccessible when the Active camerahe box is checked Active camera If the checkbox is checked a pattern assigned to the active camera is automatically displayed in the spatial resolution box The Patternli6d combo box will become inaccessible for editing Edit JEditSave Edit the chosen pattern Clicking on the Edit button makes parameters of the chosen pattern accessible for editing The button caption is changed to Save stop editing and save the modified pattern Patt
151. ern criterion 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 161 Pattern criterion Pixel for odject AUTO 1 64 In the box you can choose a criterion according to which regions in the pattern will differ You can choose one from 4 criteria e Pixel per meter Pixel per foot vertical spatial resolution pixels meters pixels foot e Field of view height vertical field of vew size meter foot e Pixel for object vertical number of pixels covered by an object of the height specified in the Object heighth6 box meter foot of Field of view for object the part of the frame height covered by an object of the height specified in the Object heighthe box meter foot Meters or feet as a unit of height are selected automatically depending on the format of measurementsho in the project For the criteria Pixel per meter Pixel per foot Pixel for object the spatial resolution depends on the vertical resolution specified in the Vertical resolution of cameralh6 box Height Height of measuring the spatial resolution in the horizontal projection height of the horizontal red line on the picture If the main optical axis of the camera is not parallel to the horizon the spatial resolution in the horizontal projection depends on the height above the ground The AUTO indicates that the height is equal to the middle height between the view area lower bound heightl 53 and the view area upper bou
152. es a point through which a horizontal line is passes The status barl144 displays the line height or its shift from the origin of coordinates h1 according to the projection being clicked In the 3D windowlted at the place of the horizontal line 2 horizontal lines will be displayed Default minimal and maximal heights of the lines are determined by the line typehs which constructs the horizontal line The heights can be set separately for each horizontal line by means of current construction parameters panelh4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the horizontal line in numeric values See also Constructions button group 90 Constructions gt Vertical line When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies a point through which a vertical line is passes The status barh4 displays the distance from the origin of coordinates h In the 3D windowlted at the place of the vertical line 2 horizontal lines will be displayed Default minimal and maximal heights of the lines are determined by the line typelt8 which constructs the vertical line The heights can be set separately for each vertical line by means of the current construction parameters panell4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the vertical line in numeric values See also Constructions button groupo Constructions gt Line segment When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal 75 specifie
153. etween the lower bound and the upper one Width of view area projection lower bound The width of view area projection lower bound is a calculated parameter and can not be edited According to the Projectionhs switcher state the width of view area projection lower bound displays the camera view area width at the intersection point between the camera view area bound and the view area projection lower bound or the view area projection edge width between the lower bound and the upper one Projection A Projection is a switcher determining a way of calculation e The view area lower bound distancel154 and the view area lower bound widthl15 when the view area is narrowing upwards on the view area lower bound distance e The view area upper bound distancel159 and the view area upper bound widthhs when the view area is narrowing downwards on the view area upper bound distance When the switcher is checked the view area bound distance and width are calculated according to narrower level of the view area opposite bound In this case all the points of the calculated view area horizontal projection from the lower bound up to the upper one hit in the camera view area When the switcher is not checked the distance up to the camera view area bound intersection with the upper or lower bounds and the width of this bound are calculated When the view area is not narrowing towards the opposite bound the switcher doesn t have any sense and is n
154. etween lines 3 Copy the obtained new file to the directory of VideoCAD VideoCADdemo installation and start VideoCAD or VideoCADdemo 4 Choose Main menu gt Help gt Language gt lt YourLanguage gt 5 Check up new interface Correct the lt YourLanguage gt Ing file if necessary Don t hesitate to contact us in case of any troubles 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 10 VideoCAD Lite Help gt Home page Visit CCTVCAD Software home page in the Internet Help gt Order Visit CCTVCAD Software Order page in the Internet Help gt User forum Visit CCTVCAD Software User forum in the Internet Help gt Contact us Send us an email message 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface Kun 7 1 4 Layout tabs Layout 1 Layout 2 Layout 3 X 729 m Y gt Specify selection window first corner See location of the Layouts tabs 7 There are Layouts tabs in the bottom left corner of the Graphics areal75 Each tab corresponds to the separate layout created in the project The layouts are separate sections of monitored object building room territory and storey A layout contains the horizontal and vertical projections locating backgrounds cameras cablesh3 and constructions 90 Each camera can be displayed in one layout only but camera cables may pass through several layouts The project may contain up to 10 layouts Originally one layout is created into pr
155. ext one To stop drawing cable press ESC The status barh4 displays the segment length and its projection to distance and height Both clicks are to be made in the same projection If the projections are different the measured values are incorrect therefore when constructing a segment with its ends in different projections the values are not displayed in the status bar In this case when changing the drawing the segment is attached to the projection with its initial point A cable consists of segments allowing to draw it in different projections and layouts representing an actual scheme of laying accurately When copyingl8 the cable segments between cameras and layouts k04 a process of cable drawing is accelerated considerably even in complex CCTV systems When drawing a cable the menu item Cable layingh3 might be used When choosing it a float panel of the same name appears enabling to choose a shift of segment ends for a level parallel cable drawing along the walls columns etc The type and parameters of line designating the Signal cable can be changed in the options boxhs VideoCAD summarizes the lengths of all the segments considers the reserves and calculates the total length of cable To change the default parameters and obtain the calculation results double click the image of any cable segment or click Signal cable again A dialog box of the same name appears after that You can open this box by choosing Calculate it
156. f cables kod Spare the means and win tenders due to the reduction of cameras quantity in projects and increase of their efficiency e Reduce time expended and boost design quality Cut down the amount of controversial situations with customers and accelerate their solution Download VideoCAD Lite demo version With the VideoCAD Professional version you can in addition e Choose the most suitable lenses heights and locations for camera installation to provide the required parameters of view areas for detection and identification of a person and license plate reading e Calculate the horizontal projection sizes of person detecting identifying and license plate reading areas to draw them on the location plan Person detection criteria E Person identification criteria License plate reading criteria Quality 1 Gualty 1 Quality 1 N 4 Ca MX co MT Her Lot X caca 7 Her e Calculate the horizontal projection of camera control areas including shadows 81 from obstacles on the scene 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite 19 e Choose the best positions and calculate control areas of PTZ cameras 4A Dome cameras and 360 degree cameras e Calculate the image size on display of any object in camera view area in percentage of display size pixels TV lines and millimetres inches in case of Imperial format
157. f cameras Background res Near 0 2 1 1500 X Model depth of field and exposure Redrawing 3D window Priority Mode Speed lt gt Accuracy Low v Normal y U Disable image processing Rotakin speed rpm 25 X Redraw 3D image only by clicking J OK X Cancel Default Help 3D panel Plate height vertical size of the license plate in the 3D window Plate width horizontal size of the license plate in the 3D window Specify in these boxes the sizes of license plate accepted in you country Also create bmp file with the image of you license plate name it Number bmp and replace wth it the file of the same name in the folder Models in the VideoCAD installation directory The size of file sides in pixels must be equal to powers of two 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 After that 3D modelsh2 cars will be displayed with your license plate Ground color ground color in the 3D window Licence plate and test chart antialiasing If these boxes are checked the license plate and test chart are displayed more realistic in the 3D window but at that it takes more time for repainting the 3D window and there can be errors on some outdated graphic card Space limits At the use of some outdated graphic card the occurrence of distortions on the image in the 3D window is possible For reduction of the distortions it is recommended to reduce Model space The increase of the
158. f menu item By the Show all button it is possible to call the full list of all menu items with assigned shortcuts This list can be saved to text file In the Commands box select the name of the menu item If the menu item has already assigned shortcut the shortcuts will be displayed in the box on the Current keys panel To remove assigned shortcuts click Remove To assign new shortcuts e Set input focus on the Press new shortcut key box on the New shortcut key panel e Press shortcut key on the keyboard The pressed shortcuts will appear in the Press new shortcuts box If pressed shortcuts has been already assigned to other menu item the name of this item wil be displayed in the Currently assigned to box e To assign typed shortcuts click Assign Shortcut assignment wil be removed from the item displayed in the Currently assigned to box 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface in 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 192 VideoCAD Lite 7 6 4 3D modeling Graphics window Options es Main menu Export Other Tool bar View Lines Fonts Camera and Illuminator Keyboard 3D modeling Options 3D i Modeling illumination i Plate height m Antialiasing Speed lt gt A 3D modeling i Bi Licence plate peed lt gt Accuracy k Plate width m Test chart 0 52 Space limits Maintenance factor of illuminators Ground color aa 1 Far bt M Green Maintenance factor o
159. f the tab In the tab right part you can see and change numbers of system fonts e Font of the titles displaying e Font of the titles displaying in 3D window e Font of the camera name displaying It is not recommended to use the system fonts and change their parameters without necessary Sometimes it leads to confusion 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 190 VideoCAD Lite 7 6 3 Keyboard Graphics window Options Main menu z V Export al Other L Tool bar lew i Fonts Camera and Illuminator Keyboard 3D modeling Options Ke yboa rd Project a Current keys Ctrl N a gt Remove Commands EEN Open Ctri 0 Save Es New shortcut key Save as Shift Ctrl S Press new shortcut key Import from VideoCAD3 6 Export to VideoCAD3 6 Ctrl Export to Text Exit Ctrl Q Currently assigned to Assign Showall Par X Cancel Defaut 2 Help On the tab you can assign Shortcuts keys keyboard shortcuts for the items of the Main menulioa of the Graphics window Keyboard shortcuts allow fast activation of various commands from the Main menu by pressing shortcuts on the keyboard The order of shortcuts assignment to item of the Main menu In the Menu box choose section of the Main menuf o In the Commands box the list of items of the chosen section wil appear Already assigned shortcuts are indicated in brackets after the names o
160. f view area upper boundh5 the view area upper bound distance completely determines the camera tilt angle and all the calculated parameters through it When the view area upper bound distance is less than the view area lower bound distancel58 the maximal distance of surveillance becomes the view area lower bound distance View area lower bound distance The view area lower bound distance is a calculated parameter and can not be edited View area projection length The view area projection length is a calculated parameter and can not be edited When there is an actual view area projection the view area projection length displays the absolute value of 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 156 VideoCAD Lite difference between the upper and the lower bound distances of view area projection When there is no actual view area projection the parameter doesn t have any sense and is not displayed The parameter displaying enhances the convenience in use when it is required to obtain the length of view area projection Width of view area projection upper bound The width of view area projection upper bound is a calculated parameter and can not be edited According to the Projectionhs switcher state the width of view area projection upper bound displays the camera view area width at the point of intersection between the camera view area bound and the view area projection upper bound or the view area projection edge width b
161. font type Up to 100 types of fonts can be used in VideoCAD7 project Parameters in the tab left part e Number the number of the displayed font type Each font type has unique number from 1 to 30 e Name the name of the font type The name can be changed e Style in Windows the name of font typeface It can be chosen from the list It is necessary to remember that not all the font typefaces are scaled correctly To use VideoCAD it is recommended to use only scalable typefaces True Type or Open Type Using bit mapped fonts e g MS Sans Serif is not recommended e Height The font height in inches in the actual drawing sizes 1 inch 2 54cm If the Scalable box is not checked then the height has only relative sense e Style Bold Italic Underline Strike out e Screen color font color on the screen e Print Color font color at printing e Scalable e If the box is checked then the font size will change together with changing the drawing scale The text typed in such font can be rotated to any angle The box should be checked for the majority of fonts e f the box is not checked the font size will not change at changing the drawing scale and at rotating text typed in such font it will be always horizontal Such fonts are used for the camera names and titles They prove to be convenient for creating labels to be read at any scale 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 18 Right side o
162. for the second time the changed object is set up 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 133 To switch the circle2 into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on the point on its radius that appears during the process of construction To switch the arcl12 into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on either of its two ends When editing a rectanglel93 or a mask o then several points will move at a time the rectangle or the mask remaining square If Ctrl is pressed when editing a rectangle or a mask then one point will move only When editing a Double linel 94 or Wallfs5 the whole Double line or Wall will be moved lf Ctrl is pressed when editing the double line or wall only one line will be moved When clicking the textl 961 twice the pop up frame appears allowing to edit text in it When clicking the right mouse button the pop up menu of text editing appears in the frame It is possible to change object s parameters in editing state on the current construction parameters panelh4 which automatically appears in the bottom of graphics window See also Editing statel77 Activate cameras When double clicking the camera lens the following actions are performed e the Active cameral7s is saved e the camera being double clicked will become active It is convenient to pan and tilt the active camera by moving the grip in the middle of the view area up
163. fter choosing this item the background only will be displayed in the graphics areal75 VideoCAD turns to a handy program for graphic files viewing and printing For all the rest to be displayed choose this item again Drawing gt Layouts Choosing this item opens a box with the list of current project layouts The project may contain up to 10 layouts Originally one layout is created into project See more Layout boxleo To switch between layouts create delete rename layouts in the Graphics window it is convenient to use the Layouts tabsi4 in the lower left corner and the pop up menu of these tabs Drawing gt Printer setup 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 113 Choosing this item opens a standard dialog box of current printer setup in Windows Drawing gt Print After choosing this item the borders of pages for printing and the Preview box appear in the graphics area In the box you can choose the number of pages horizontally ae fE and vertically to print out current drawing The obtained pages can be glued together forming a drawing of a larger format a u SJ Using the mouse position and scale the drawing as needed Amount of pages If Ctrl is not pressed at changing the scale then the scale changes Row U x roughly which is convenient at navigation If Ctrl is pressed the scale changes with the less step which is convenient for the precise drawing positioning
164. g constructing and editing by means of current construction parameters panel 148 Color of constructions is determined only by line typehs which is used at constructing To enhance speed and convenience of drawing VideoCAD uses global and local snapshs The construction coordinates are displayed relatively to the chosen origin of coordinatesh1 The coordinates of constructions belonging to one camera only focal planel sf optical axislet field of view sizelst test objectl 81 change view area upper boundho are always displayed relatively to the Active cameral72 When choosing a button of this group a line type panelh4 or a font type panelk4 appear allowing to change the linehs or fonths types When double clicking the panels the options boxhs appears Above these panels the current construction parameters panel 148appears by means of which it is possible to create construction by setting its parameters Point When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics area places a point The status barh4 displays the coordinates of this point relatively to the origin of coordinates M In the 3D windowl164 the vertical segment will be displayed in the points place Default minimal and maximal heights of the segment are determined by the line typelts which constructs the point The heights can be set separately for each point by means of the current construction parameters panelh4 on which it is also possible to
165. ging view area upper bound distance But when Ctrl is pressed the tilt angle is changed through changing view area upper bound height You can pan camera using arrow keys Together with Monitor windowl17 this tool offers a new methodf22 of 3D CCTV design View gt Background Show or hide a background in the 3D image In case of vector background you can adjust back ground resolutionho in the 3D window See more Backgroundh1 View gt Test chart of the standard test chart EIA1956 for the visual estimation of the current horizontal and vertical resolution 300 If in the Options box on the 3D modelinglio tab Smoothing gt Test chart box is not checked then nie the time of repainting will lessen but the 1h Place in the right top corner the image fragment In accuracy will lower Help Open the Help system topic with the information about 3D window 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http ww cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite 7 4 2 Errors in 3D window The quality of image modeling in the 3D window and the speed of its refreshing depends much on your graphics card features To get maximum realism set the maximum quality of Open GL images On some outdated graphic cards visible pixelization errors and the lack of image are possible This is not a program fault Some new graphic cards need an additional setting to get the maximum realistic quality The speed of image updating also depends on the quanti
166. glek7 topic Software protection on HID identifiers basis applied for VideoCAD Lite only With VideoCAD Professional the registration wth HID is impossible The registration is realized with the tie to your computer parameters After computer change hard disk formatting or other serious upgrade you will need a reserve registration Although the number of reserve registrations is limited to two the registration counter cleaning is regularly realized So you won t lose the purchased program in any case If you spend all reserve registrations before the registration counter cleaning you will have to wait for the next registration counter cleaning to continue using the program You may exchange the variant on the HID protection to the variant with the dongle protection paying in addition for the cost of the dongle and delivery 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com What s new in VideoCAD 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com What s new in Videocad 45 5 What s new in VideoCAD What s new in VideoCAD 7 1 45 What s new in VideoCAD 7 0 45 What s new in VideoCAD 6 1 55 What s new in VideoCAD 6 0 56 What s new in VideoCAD 5 0 6 What s new in VideoCAD 4 063 What s new in VideoCAD 3 0I65 7 1 What s new in VideoCAD 7 1 7 1 1 The import module of AutoCAD dxf dwg files was updated All DXF and DWG versions up to AutoCAD 2012 are supported now 7 1 2 In versions VideoCAD Lite and Vid
167. gnation the entered letter is included will become visible It is convenient to mark the upper left and the lower right corner of the required areas with text markers After that as the result of searching the marked area will be displayed on the full screen When clicking the button Save the entered text string will be saved and it will be enough later on just to choose it from the list to find the corresponding objects Text strings are saved in the project in separate lists for each layout i e are saved between computer rebooting and project moves When clicking the button Delete the displayed text string will be deleted from the project Constructions gt Point When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics area places a point The status barl144 displays the coordinates of this point relatively to the origin of coordinates M In the 3D windowlt69 the vertical segment will be displayed in the points place 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 121 Default minimal and maximal heights of the segment are determined by the line typehs which constructs the point The heights can be set separately for each point by means of the current construction parameters panel 148 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the point in numeric values See also Constructions button group 90 Constructions gt Horizontal line When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal75 specifi
168. h all options of the work with monitors see Tool barl178 Menu barh7 and Pop up menulisi 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 185 7 6 Options Graphics window Main menu View Options The box is intended for adjusting various parameters of the program The box can be opened by choosing the item View gt Options t13 in the Main menu of the Graphics windowl74 or by double clicking on the Line type panelh4 or the Font type panell143 The box consists of the following tabs e Lineshad e Fontshe e Keyboardho e Camera iconho 3D modelingho e Exporth98 e Miscellaneous ho e Tool barle All the parameter changes in the tabs become valid immediately and you can see their result To save the introduced changes click OK To cancel the changes click Cancel To assign default values to all parameters on the opened tab click Default 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 18 VideoCAD Lite 7 6 1 Lines Graphics window pao x Main menu Vi Export Other Tool bar lew Lines Fonts Camera and Illuminator Keyboard 3D modeling Options Line types System line types Number Name Bounds Height Lines I gt linet 30 fs Sle V Shadow Projections Pers idetes Solid x E Cable 23 v Ca Semen Print Hor bounds Pers ident Width pix Width mm 28 v 23
169. he aq Spatial resolution 85 button on the Tool bar View area projection will be divided into the regions The regions will be colored according to values of the criterionhs within the regions 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD Camera 42 8 Open the Spatial resolution 851 E box In the Pattern criterionhe combo box you can see which criterion is chosen in the pattern assigned to the active camera Pattern criterion Hegt Mean AUTO 164 Pixel for odject v Specify vertical resolution number of pixel of camera in the Vertical resolution of camerahs combo box Vertical resolution of camera 1576 In the Table of regionsl62 you can see what color corresponds to each range of the criterion value On the images in the Resolutionf6 column you can see with which resolution people at the far bound of each region will be visible On the images in the Field of viewh6 column you can see which part of the field of view people at the far bound of each region will cover DAT a re Et Resolution Field of View 164pixfobj 9 Create additional layouts if needed e g several storeys External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part Camera view area pdf The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 3 3D modeling in VideoCAD pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 28 VideoCAD Lite 8 3 Example 3 Cho
170. he first one a Program installation in the case of the USB dongle basis protection After buying VideoCAD you can install and register it on one computer before getting the dongle See above First registrationleed This opportunity is only for your convenience to make you start working with the program immediately after buying You may not use this opportunity and wait until getting the dongle The dongle wil be sent to you through Express mail service After getting the dongle you can reinstall VideoCAD as many times as necessary on different computers not breaking the License agreement VideoCAD will work on any computer to which the dongle is connected Important a USB dongles may be attached and removed when the computer is powered on or off b Dongle disconnection during the program running can lead to the program damage c USB dongle is a material carrier of the VideoCAD license In case of losing the dongle the 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 268 VideoCAD Lite license is considered lost too d When using the dongle it is necessary to follow USB Donglek73 topic 1 In case your operating system is Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 enter under LOCAL administrator account administrator account is required only at installation 2 Unpack archive in case VideoCAD was supplied in archived file 3 Exit all running programs 4 Start Setup exe Dongle driver will be installed aut
171. hics areal75 designates the rotation center the second click specifies the initial rotating point and the third click specifies the final rotating point When rotating take into account the projection to which the objects are attached The selected objects attached to the projection wth a rotation center designated can rotate only The scalablelisa fonts can rotate only If a font is not scalable then its initial point rotates only the text remaining horizontal The Active cameral78 can be rotated in Select edits mode by moving the grip in the middle of the view area upper bound E Scale Change scale of selected 77 constructions relative to the center of scaling After clicking on this button the first click on the graphics areal75 specifies the center of scaling Then moving the cursor up increases sizes of selected constructions moving the cursor down decreases sizes of selected constructions In the Status barlt4 the current scale factor is displayed When required sizes will be achieved click for the second time to complete scaling operation To cancel the scaling press ESC This tool does not scale 3D models 98 3D models can be scaled in editing statel77 with the help of the Current construction parameter panell4 d Mirror Mirror the selected 77 constructions relative to the horizontal or vertical line passing through the specified point After clicking on this button the first click on the graphics areal7s
172. how allf28 Coordinate systems The graphics area allows to use 2 coordinate systems 12 e Fixed coordinate system e Float coordinate system attached to the Active camera 78 In case of Fixed coordinate system the origin of coordinates does not vary when changing the active camera The origin of coordinates is displayed by two icons L in horizontal and vertical projections You can change a point of origin after choosing the menu item View gt Set originh19 In case of the coordinate system attached to the active camera the origin always coincides with the active camera location It is convenient when studying its view area A grid s is fixed to the origin of coordinates and the counting of the cursor current coordinates in the status barh4 starts from the origin Types of objects The graphics area may contain the following objects e Cameras e Constructions 90 e 3D objectsh2 e Backgroundsh1 e Cableshs e Texts o8 e Titlesh Possible states of objects All the objects except for the backgrounds and titles can take one of the following states e Normal 76 e Selected 77 e Editing 771 active state of camera e Hidden 7A To hide objects use the Hidel3 Main menu item a Normal state 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface An object is displayed in its usual color Editing and moving is not possible a Selected state An object is displayed in pink col
173. ice of cameras quantity and location on the original layout Problem There is a location plan of site in any of the following formats bmp a bitmap e g the layout scanned from a paper copy dxf AutoCAD format created in AutoCAD or other program supporting export to dxf dwg AutoCAD format created in AutoCAD or other program supporting export to dwg jpg gif tif png the compressed image e g a digital picture of the plan wmf emf emf Windows Metafile export to wmf is supported by the majority of the Windows graphics applications The length of a building frontal wall 80m Or any other size is known It is required to create a project of site surveillance system Solution Choose menu item Drawing gt Load background gt Horizontal projection 1 In the appeared dialog box choose a layout file and click Open In the appeared dialog box Scale Background 1 click Ruler Click the beginning of the frontal wall in the loaded layout Then click on the end of the frontal wall After that enter the known length of the frontal wall 80m in the Real distance box N OO oO FP OD Then click OK in the Scale background dialog box 8 To obtain 3D model of the sitel164 draw out lines on the background by Constructions 90 in VideoCAD 9 Further place cameras and cables on the original layout as well as in previous Examples P1 External link The principle
174. ics areal75 allows to use 2 coordinate systems 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface no e Fixed coordinate system e Float coordinate system attached to the active camera In case of the fixed coordinate system the origin of coordinates does not vary when changing the active camera The origin is displayed as two icons L in horizontal and vertical projections It is possible to change a point of origin after choosing the menu item View gt Set origin 19 In case of the coordinate system attached to the active camera the origin of coordinates always coincides with the active camera location It is convenient when studying its view area A gridlselis fixed to the origin of coordinates and the counting of the cursor current coordinates in the status barh4 starts from the origin View gt Set Origin After choosing this item clicking on the horizontal projection sets up a new origin L of the Fixed coordinate system 7 In the vertical projection horizontally the Origin coincides with the one set in the horizontal projection and vertically it coincides with the ground View gt Black and white Switch black and white drawing mode on off This mode is useful when printing a drawing out on black and white printer View gt Options Choosing this item opens a dialog box of the program options hs See more Options boxhs Scale gt Zoom in Clicking this item increases a drawing scale Us
175. imensional figure in shape of a convex tetrahedral angle with a vertex abutting a camera lens and a bisector coinciding with the main optical axis of a camera lens Angle edges form the view area edges Any object within a view area will be displayed on the screen if itis not shaded by other objects on the scene View area projections Projections to horizontal and vertical planes of a view area part which is residing between the view area upperl53 and lower bounds 54 specified in parameters 54 in the Camera Geometry box 150 View area horizontal projection is calculated according to the rule A point on the horizontal projection is considered visible if a vertical segment formed by this point in the range of heights from the view area lower bound heighth5 to the view area upper bound heighth5 is visible wholly Camera field of view A rectangle limited by view area bounds and residing in a plane perpendicular to the main optical axis of camera lens Camera tilt angle A calculated parameter and can not be edited The camera tilt angle is an angle between the main optical axis of camera lens and a horizontal Though in most of the cases the camera tilt angle is not interesting to designer VideoCAD is 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com e VideoCAD Lite displaying it for information Background It is a prepared horizontal site plan in any of the following formats bmp a bitmap
176. imultaneously with a big quantity of 3D images wthout decreasing program s speed As a result of clicking this button for some time 3D window will appear in which the images from all cameras will be modeled according to saved parameters of the cameras To update the image in one cell click it by the right mouse button and choose in the pop up menu Updatehs amp gt Previous screen Next screen Each monitor consists of 100 cells but it is also possible to display a smaller quantity of cells simultaneously The quantity of simultaneously displayed cells is chosen in the Monitor dimension 17 combo box 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 177 Clicking the buttons Previous screen and Next screen shift the displayed cells on the quantity of simultaneously displayed cells For example if the monitor s dimension is 2x2 4 cells are simultaneously displayed If cells 5 6 7 8 are displayed as a result of clicking the Previous screen button cells 1 2 3 4 wil be displayed and by clicking the Next screen button cells 9 10 11 12 will be displayed Thus each monitor can have several screens lt gt Previous cell Next cell Each monitor consists of 100 cells but it is also possible to display a smaller quantity of cells simultaneously The quantity of simultaneously displayed cells is chosen in the Monitor dimension 7 combo box Clicking the buttons Previous cell and Next cell shift displayed cell
177. imum height above the ground of 3D objects made by the line of this 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 187 type Heights can also take on negative values and at that 3D model plunges under ground It is possible to change the heights on the Current construction parameters panel M4irrespective of line type e Color the color of 3D objects made by the line of this type Right side of the tab In the right side of the tab you can see and change the numbers of line types for displaying the system objects View area edges View area projection bounds Horizontal bounds Signal cable Power cable Grid Ground indication Height indication Default line type for 3D models Don t use the system lines for constructions and change their parameters wthout necessary Sometimes it leads to confusion 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 188 7 6 2 VideoCAD Lite Fonts Graphics window e Main menu Export Other Tool bar View Lines Fonts Camera and Illuminator Keyboard 3D modeling Options Font types System fonts Fonts Number Name Title 1 Foti 30 Windows font style 3D titles Arial X 29 x Style Height inch Camera name lente 12 X BWwWwits V Scaleable Screen Print Color Color Black X Black of OK X Cancel l Default 2 Help Left side of the tab In the tab left part you can see and change parameters of any VideoCAD
178. ine type can be used as a cable 6 46 A New tools for switching draw order of constructions and cameras Cameras over constructions 17 Bring to fronths Send to back 138 These tools simplify work with complex 3D models of buildings grass etc where another 3D models can be placed above or inside them 6 47 Show allh2 tool considers not only cameras but the background and constructions as well 6 48 Change line typehs8 tool can change icon line type of selected cameras 6 49 In order to model windows and transparent objects inclined rectanglel91in the 3D window can be transparent by 70 6 50 Edith4 button will appear on the Current construction parameters panel when drawing construction is complete Click this button to edit last drawn construction INTERFACE 6 51 Assigning and editing keyboard Shortcuts ho for items in Graphics window main menu 6 52 Rotating cameras 75 in both planes by moving view area bound on the layout using the 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com so VideoCAD Lite mouse 6 53 Adjusting lens focal length 78 by moving view area bound on the layout using the mouse 6 54 Loading and saving directories are stored When recalling same operation stored directory is opened 6 55 Horizontal and vertical scroll bars and scaling by keys to simplify work on portable computers 6 56 Tabsh4 in the Graphics window for fast switching creating and deleting layouts Layouts button h
179. ine type In the combo box you can select line typels Line segments made by the line type will be summarized Cables only When this box is checked in the Line type combo box only line types which are considered as cables are shown the Cable box in the line type parametershs is checked Selected only Summarize selected 771 segments only After selecting line type in the On the current layout and On all layouts boxes calculation results will appear Additional buttons Refresh Recalculate Close Close the box 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 209 Help open this Help topic See also Cablesl3 Signal cable length calculation boxle05 Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation box20 Cable reporths 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com Examples of work with VideoCAD 213 8 Examples of work with VideoCAD Example 1 Choice of camera installation height and parameters 214 Example 2 Choice of cameras quantity and location 214 Example 3 Choice of cameras quantity and location on the original layoutk18 Example 4 Calculation of camera view area parameters 21 Professional version Example 5 Calculation of cameras parameters and choice of their relative locations P2 Professional version Example 6 Determining person identification criteria by
180. ing digital cameras with different resolution These criteria are now known as Minimal vertical resolution pixel meter Minimal vertical size of face image pixels and Minimal vertical size of license plate image pixels 6 18 Varifocal and ZOOM lens support Adjustingh5 lens focal length by moving view area bound on a layout within set limits using a mouse 6 19 Icons for internal outdoor and PTZ cameras may be differentfs 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com s VideoCAD Lite 6 20 For each camera icon by various line typesls can be set Thus the camera icons can vary in color and line thickness 6 21 Lens focal lengthh5 range has been widened to 1000mm IMPORT AND EXPORT 6 22 A backgroundh1 in dwg AutoCAD 2007 format support AutoCAD PROXY records support loading speed of complex dxf files is improved Bug fixed All ANSI code pages support and other improvements concerned with dxf and dwg files import 6 23 Exportho to dxf file is improved It s possible to set camera icons and illuminator size in AutoCAD units Ability of exporting large background files 3D MODELS AND 3D WINDOW 6 24 Several new 3D models 921 were added including dark skinned person for testing the ability of detecting dark skinned people at low illumination 6 25 3D models now can be scaledh4 in any direction 6 26 3D models can be placed in vertical projectionfss Models placed in vertical pro
181. ing in your DVR algorithms different from JPEG is not generally an obstacle for compression modeling with the help of JPEG algorithm Although other algorithm artifacts differ from JPEG artifacts the general amount of information correspondence that can be determined by the careful visual image comparison is enough for modeling 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite Processing gt Resolution If this item is checked then the resolution in the 3D window will be limited by value in the Vertical resolution of cameralt6 box set for the active camera in the Spatial resolution box The resolution wil be limited in case of vertical size of the image in the 3D windows is more than value in the Vertical resolution of camerah6 box View gt Title Place the following information in the left upper corner of the image e Name of the layout 204 on which the active camera is placed e Active camera name e Current image sizes in pixels e The gridlse step if the grid is displayed View gt PTZH frame PTZH frame Pan Tilt Zoom Height allows operating camera similarly to PTZ one and additionally change camera s installation height After clicking this item the camera s field of view extends and the objects being off view area for increasing the convenience of camera s adjustment become visible Real field of view is limited by orange frame tiple Above the frame the buttons which changes vie
182. ing the Intellimouse you can change the drawing scale with the simultaneous zooming in the image sections pointed by the cursor If Ctrl is not pressed at changing the scale then the scale changes roughly which is convenient at navigation If Ctrl is pressed the scale changes with the less step which is convenient for the precise drawing positioning before printing or saving If input focus is on the graphics area scale can be changed by and buttons on the keyboard When Alt is pressedh 48 it is possible to move drawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus Choosing an item of the pop up menu appearing when clicking the graphics areal75 with the right mouse button performs the command as well Scale gt Zoom out Clicking this item reduces a drawing scale Using the Intellimouse you can change the drawing scale with the simultaneous zooming in the image sections pointed by the cursor 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 120 VideoCAD Lite If Ctrl is not pressed at changing the scale then the scale changes roughly which is convenient at navigation If Ctrl is pressed the scale changes with the less step which is convenient for the precise drawing positioning before printing or saving If input focus is on the graphics area scale can be changed by and buttons on the keyboard When Alt is pressedh4A it is possible to move d
183. ion of rotation the mouse wheel Exclude blinking If the box is checked then the redrawing is carried out in the computer memory and displayed on the screen only at the end At that there is no image blinking but the redrawing speed lowers slightly If the box is not checked the redrawing is carried out directly on the screen Snap sensitivity You can adjust a distance on which the cursor will be snapped to points lines and grid as a result of snaplt3 effect Lesser sensitivity allows to control mouse more precisely Higher sensitivity allows to use some imprecise pointer devices or work with high resolution monitors UNDO depth VideoCAD keeps several previous states for the possibility to undo operations using the Undol104 function The number of keeping states can be adjusted in this box The more states are kept and the more the project size the more RAM is needed Monitor size factor Correction factor to bring the physical size of the Monitor windowh7 on the computer screen to the value specified in the Monitor diagonalh7 box on the Tool bar of the Monitor window To set the factor e open the Monitor window 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 199 specify in the Monitor diagonall17 box on the Tool bar of the Monitor window approximately a half of the physical diagonal of your computer screen The Monitor window must be visible on the screen as a whole measure by a ruler th
184. irst time The quantity of the stored operations can be adjusted in the Options box gt Miscellaneous gt UNDO depthho l REDO Redo the last operation undone by the UNDO 104 tool 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 105 7 1 3 Main menu Drawing View Scale Constructions Edit Cables Criteria Help aa Project oe Ctri Alt N er les fA ae to mes _ Ctrl Alt S See Main menu location 74 Menu items substantially duplicate the buttons of the tool bars however there are certain advanced tools Keyboard shortcuts 199 148 can be assigned to each menu item e Project e View e Constructions Edit Newfo View area edges Pointh2 Bring to fronths Openfon 113 Horizontal line Send to back 13 Savelion View area 12 Hideli3a Sas wali projections Vertical linef2 Alignli30 Export to Text bounds hA Line segmenthi2h Change Line D Fill projections Polylineli23 typelt3e VideoCAD3 6 nues Rectangleli23 blockhs Ne 3D view area Inclined Destroy blockh3 Export to me ES rectangleh2 Undohs VideoCAD3 6 Titles hi inel2 Double line Redolts 108 Camera names re hnedo Exito 11 Wales Erasehs T Active camera i erture in Wall Erase allf3 e Camera cablesh1 Circlef All cameras Arche e Cables Newf0 cables h1A aah Save to project Sener Text A Signal cablehs hos constructions MA Mask Power cablefs ist 108 a epee Fillingh28 Cable layingh3 Tone C
185. is more than one in the 3D window s titlesh6 the Frame rate value is displayed and in the 3D window animated image with specified Frame rate is generated 7 40 Animated images can be savedl17 as animated GIF files and displayed on the Monitor window See an example of animated monitor file size about 4 Mb NEW IN THE MONITOR WINDOW 7 41 Scaling the Monitor window in Windows 7 was improved 7 42 New sizesh7 of monitors were added 7 43 Possibility of setting resolution t7 of digital monitors 7 44 During loading monitors it is possible to interrupt the long operation having pressed ESC 7 45 It is possible to set correcting factorh9a for exact modeling physical sizes of monitors 7 46 Displaying on the monitors animatedh7 images with moving 3D models 7 47 Savingl178 image of the monitors in formats gif tif png 7 48 Exporting images on the monitors to the _ htmi 174 file with static or animated images Camera s images are saved in the camera s original resolutions in the form of separate files PNG or animated GIF See an example of animated monitor file size about 4 Mb NEW OBJECTS AND TOOLS 7 49 New object Rotakinlioh an animated rotating test target for visual estimation of spatial resolution and motion distortions on the 3D images In the Options box it is possible to change rotation speed of the Rotakin 7 50 New object Wallf95 _ It allows drawing walls with different thickness
186. ivate grid displaying See also Grid control element groupl se Edit button group Buttons of this group are used for the editing constructions 90 3D objectsh2 cableslio texts 98 and cameras In this case the status barl 44 in the bottom of the Graphics window displays hints When editing an object the projections should be taken into account Different projections are different views though connected ones Moving objects correctly between projections has no sense and is impossible to perform To start the editing selectl8 the desired objects Choosing the items from the pop up menu that appears when clicking the graphics areal75 by the right mouse button performs the commands of this group as well Stop operation Stop the current operation Use also Esc 2 Erase Erase the selected objects 771 To select objects use the button Select Edit 871 If there are no selected objects this button is disabled Use also Del You can not erase the Active cameral 7a With this button chosen the first corner of i selection window appears when clicking any empty place of graphics areal751 once Clicking it again completes the designation of selection window All the objects which hit in the selection window and reside on the projection coinciding with one being clicked for the first time will be selected 77 However the earlier selected objects not hitting in the selection window will revert to normal state 76
187. jection will not be visible in 3D window 6 27 Convenient 3D model s0 selection from the tool bar 6 28 Raster images o in the 3D window Usual photos and pictures in omp or jpg format can be placed in 3D space Raster images can be transparent and can replace difficult to make 3D models Raster images can be scaled placed at any angle used for modeling variety of objects from banknotes and plates to a complex background 6 29 Background can be visible in the 3D window 6 30 Redraw 3D image only by clickingl193 mode is convenient in case of complex scenes and or slow computers when image repainting in 3D window takes much time 6 31 Fixed fuzzy drawing PTZH frame and titles in the 3D window when using certain video cards 6 32 Image parameter panel with View Scene Camera Processing tabs Panel can be activated by right click or double click on the 3D window 6 33 Setting visibility of different objects in the 3D window on View panel 6 34 View scene and equipment parameters are set individually for each camera Quality levels no longer include 3D image parameters WINDOWS 6 35 Quality level box contains corresponding quality level criteria 6 36 Sensitivity and resolution box with camera and lens parameters 6 37 Camera parameter box has been renamed to Camera geometry h5 Inherited from older 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com What s new in Videocad 59 versions unnecessary interface elemen
188. k of placing and editing 3D models is carried out in the Graphics window too The graphics window contains Graphics area 75 Main menu o Tool bar 80 Status barl143 Line type panel 144 Font type panel t4i Current construction parameters panel 48 Layout tabs 14 Horizontal and vertical scroll bars Snap panelli3h Keyboard shortcuts 148 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 7 1 1 Graphics area See _Graphics area location 74 The graphics area contains two projections of the current layout bo A thick black line designating the ground in vertical upper projection parts these two projections You can hide any projection using the tools Hide horizontal projection 8e 7 and Hide vertical orojectionlae or using the corresponding items of the Main menuko Main work is carried out as a rule in the horizontal projection Vertical projection is used only in some cases Navigation 751 Coordinate systems 76 Types of objects 76 Possible states of objects 7 Normal statel7 Selected statel77 Editing state active state of cameras I77 Hidden statel 79 Navigation Wheel Mouse is particularly convenient when working in the graphics window Using the Wheel mouse you can change drawing scale with the simultaneous zooming in the drawing sections pointed by the cursor If Ctrl is not pressed at changing the scale then the scale changes roughly which is convenient at
189. l Delete the image from this cell and disconnect the camera from it Item is accessible only in Edit model 7 of the monitor 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 182 VideoCAD Lite 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 183 7 5 4 Work with Monitors Opening Monitor window iad Preliminary monitor s adjustmentls3 Connecting cameras hs Placement of images hs Updating images lish Work with monitor 184 Opening Monitor window For opening the Monitor window click the Monitor window 8e button on Graphics window tool bar At first opening in Monitor window the first monitor with the name Monitor 1 and parameters by default will be shown If the monitor is already adjusted and cameras are connected to it at first opening Monitor window after starting the program for some time 3D windowl164 will appear in which images from these cameras will be modeled Generation of 3D images can take a lot of time To interrupt generation press ESC Preliminary monitor s adjustment For monitor s adjustment first of all switch on edit mode by clicking the Edith7 button For renaming the monitor click the item in the Main menu of Monitor window Monitor gt Renamels Select quantity of cameras which will be displayed the Monitor dimension 17 combo box If necessary select physical size of monitor s screen in the Monitor diagonallt7 combo box Having set the size it will be
190. l planes in the 3D window for example a ceiling or floor See also Constructions button group 901 S Inclined rectangle When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies first corner of an inclined rectangle Inclined rectangle is similar to a rectangle 9 and differs from it that in 3D windowl169 it is displayed in the form of inclined rectangle The minimal height of rectangle corresponds to the lower side of this rectangle and the maximal height to the upper one In the Graphics window the upper side of inclined rectangle is displayed by thick line For modeling complex objects it is possible to editls7 inclined rectangle by points moving its vertexes When moving separate vertexes press Ctrl Inclined rectangle can be made transparent by 70 For this purpose it is necessary to mark the Transparence checkbox on the Current construction parameter panelf4 Inclined rectangle is very universal tool Using the inclined rectangles it is possible to model any 3D objects It can be useful to combine inclined rectangles in pairs thus to get triangles with independent vertexes in the 3D space Meanwhile two vertices of each inclined rectangle must coincide The rest two vertices of first inclined rectangle must coincide with the other two vertices of second inclined rectangle Using obtained triangles you can theoretically build any 3D surfaces although it can be not simple in practice F
191. larly convenient when changing parameters and moving along layouts in the graphics window In all the windows except for the Graphics window the use of mouse is almost the same as when using it with other Windows programs The use of mouse in the graphics window is reviewed in the correspondent HELP section 75 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite 7 4 Graphics window Layout 3 Project Camera Gs Horizontal projection Layout 1 t1 Layout 2 Layo Rrawing View Scale Constructions Edit Cables Criteria Utilities Help 5 8 E Em LC SEE v BS me rasion S 4 2MYUONZoROUTO APU A ES NET i z 24 amp gt t Bs k i LT k Wie a Tool bar Project 2 dard Sp Global snap g Layout 3 Grid 1x1 m Vertical es hs on A 1 Angular 45 in 1 Line Point OL mone mw a Extension Graphics area EP 971712 5 6383 Status bar Jes x 597 es Y sat 17 Line 17 Scre n _ _ 3 X 9 72 m Y 5 64 m Specify point ea z 353 3DH pix Print It is the main window of the program The window is designed for the visual cameras view area representation and analysis visual choice of lens parameters and camera locations calculation of cable parameters and a drawing preparation to be pasted into graphical path of the project as well During 3D modelinghe all wor
192. le Double line Arc Mask Filling Text 3D image Inclined rectangle Change installation height Change view area upper bound Change view area lower bound Copy with base point Cut with base point Scale Mirror Change line type Hide camera names Cameras over constructions Bring to front Send to back Hide Align Combine in block Destroy block Find text Hidden state of objects Numerate cameras Length calculation of line segments Use up to 10 layouts h4 in each project e Model cameras with non standard image sensor sizehs and aspect ratio Use up to 30 spatial resolution patterns h5 in each project Each pattern can contain up to 10 regions Adjust object heighth6 in the patterns height of measuring spatial resolutionft6 The Spatial resolution box contains models of field of view images 64 for each region in current pattern e Use gradient color and hatching for visualization of spatial resolution Locate cameras and cables on the prepared layouts h1 in emf wmf png gif tif Work with vertical projection 8 of the site plan Use Titles h1A n texts 98 on the drawing Different fonts i881 are supported e Show view area projections by different colors and hatch styles using different line types Use different camera icons fixed PTZ outdoor Printl113 the obtained drawing on one or several pages You can use prepared frames with standard title block and logo e Exportl14 the obtained d
193. lengths of cables and getting Cable report 24 Example 26 Checking Depth of Field in horizontal projectionl24 Professional version Example 27 Measuring exposure time of IP cameralead Example 28 Measuring rolling shutter row time of IP cameral25 Example 29 Import of 3D models from Google SketchUp and Autodesk 3dsMax 255 Example 30 Teaching materials 258 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 24 VideoCAD Lite 8 1 Example 1 Choice of camera installation height and parameters Problem We have a number of objects spread in a space The objects have certain locations and sizes It is required to determine the height of installation and lens focal length of the camera to display all the objects properly Solution 1 Place the objects in horizontal and vertical projections according to their actual sizes and location using the Rectangle s tool on the Tool barl o It is necessary for 3D modelling to place objects only in the horizontal projection color of the objects preset in the line typelt8 by means of which the object is drawn Heights of the objects can be specified on the Current construction parameter panelh4 during drawing constructions As the objects prepared 3D modelsh2 can be used people cars Choose necessary 3D model from the Tool bar then specify by clicking the place of the model on layout 2 Open 3D windowle J Control image in the 3D window during next operations 3 Switch
194. licking the panel The panel contains the following items e Font type number box e Font type name box Choosing values in these boxes changes the current font type Other items display parameters of the chosen font type The parameters can be changed in the options boxhs launched by double clicking the font type panel or by choosing the Edit font type item in the pop up menu which appears when right clicking the panel 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 146 VideoCAD Lite 7 1 6 3 Current construction parameter panel P1 375 257 983 P2 449 633 49 2129 W 74 6326 H 208 73 3D Hmin 0 3D H max 2 The Panel is intended to set and edit parameters of constructions 3D models The Panel appears automatically at the bottom of the Graphics areal74 when drawing or editing constructions The set of the parameters for each kind of construction point line rectangle etc differs For example e for a point it is coordinates of the point and its heights in the 3D window e for a line segment it is coordinates of the segment s ends length angle and its heights in the 3D window e for a rectangle it is coordinates of corners height width and its heights in the 3D window etc Options of the panel in Construction and Editing 77 modes differ In the Construction mode It is possible to draw constructions having set the parameters sufficient for complete definition of this construction For example for a
195. lution Gradient reflects the spatial resolution more accurately and looks impressive but discrete colors are more intuitive and easy to use If the Gradient item is chosen but in the drop down menu of the Fill projections 83 button the Hatching item is chosen then the projections wil be hatched by a bold style of hatch wthout gradient e Off don t display spatial resolution A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the spatial resolution of the camera will be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the layout except the Active cameral7s this button changes view a a and operates the visibility of spatial resolution of all selected cameras simultaneously See also Spatial resolution boxl58 Visualization of the camera control area projections and spatial resolution within theml4 View gt 3D view area 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 117 Display 3D translucent view area of the active camera in the 3D windowl168 Through other cameras it is possible to see view area of this camera from the side A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the 3D view area of the given camera will be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the current layout except the active camera this button changes view W and operates the visibility of 3D view areas of all selected cameras simultaneously
196. m the 3D window in formats GIF animated GIF TIF and PNG 7 89 Possibility of savingh7 image from the Monitor window in formats GIF TIF PNG HTML with PNG HTML with animated GIF CHANGES 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com s VideoCAD Lite 7 90 When editing by points a rectanglel 93 an inclined rectangle 94 or 3D imagelo the rectangle remains rectangular by default By pressing Ctrl it is possible to edit separate points and to change distance between lines In the previous versions it was on the contrary 7 91 Double linel94 rotates as a whole with keeping distance between lines that is more convenient at construction of walls 7 92 When editing by points a double line it rotates as a whole by default Keeping Ctrl it is possible to edit separate points and to change distance between lines In the previous versions it was on the contrary 7 93 The Post in the 3D window is hidden by default It is possible to show post on the View tab of the Image parameter panel 7 94 Setting of export to raster formats on the Exporth9A tab of the Options box by default correspond to an exact copy of the screen 7 95 At the moment of closing the Image parameter panel the According to camera parameters box on the Processing tab becomes marked automatically and all parameters on this tab get values from the loaded active camera This is to avoid mess with displaying resolution of loaded active and inactive cameras
197. mage redraw speed considerably increases 7 8 Possibility of two stage image generation 194 in the 3D window At the first stage the image without processing is quickly generated and displayed Then resource intensive per pixel processing is carried out and the processed image is shown 7 9 In the PTZH framelt73 mode image processing is disabled to increase speed of image redrawing Titles are disabled too 7 10 The algorithm of modeling sensitivity of megapixel cameras is accelerated 7 11 Image redrawing in the Graphic window was accelerated too Bottlenecks were optimized CALCULATING SHADOWS IN THE VIEW AREA 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com What s new in VideoCAD a7 7 12 Constructing horizontal projection of camera control area taking into account shadows s arisen from obstacles on the scene environment In three dimensions shadows from any constructions including 3D models can be automatically calculated and displayed 7 13 New definitions are introduced Camera control area and Control area projection Camera control area forms by subtracting shadows of environment objects uncontrolled areas from camera view areal 41 7 14 Constructing the Camera control areas of PTZle43 dome cameras taking into account shadows created by obstacles on the scene environment The tool is also useful for choosing the best location for fixed cameras to make reachable required areas 7 15 In the Line type proper
198. mera this button changes view El and operates the visibility of View area projection bounds of all selected cameras simultaneously Fill projections Hatch or fill by blend color view area projections of active cameral 78 if these projections exist calculated according to parameters in the Camera Geometry 5A box If the line type of cameralst coincides with default line type for camera icons specified in Camera 30 the Options box then hatching filling projections of this camera is performed by grey color by default Camera 30 on the figure If another line type was assigned to the camera then hatching filling projections of this camera is performed by a color of this line type assigned to the camera Camera 41 42 If the Spatial resolution 84 is enabled then colors of hatching filling projections is determined by Spatial resolution parameters Camera 43 Drop down menu Hatching hatch projections Filling fill projections by blend semitransparent color 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com e VideoCAD Lite If the Hatching item is chosen but in the drop down menu of the Spatial resolution 84 button the Gradient item is chosen then the projections will be hatched by a bold style of hatch without gradient e Off don t hatch and fill view area projections A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the filling or hatching of the view area
199. mera control area Order of work 1 Construct three dimensional model of the environment using the tools of 3D modeling 90 You can import the environment or its fragments in the form of one or several 3D models 98 imported from other graphics formats using Autodesk 3ds Max or Google SketchUpbs 2 Place a camera Activate it 3 Choose Filling in the drop down menu of the Fill projection 8 button on the Tool bar View area projection will be filled by blend color The color of filling is determined by the line typel 8 of the camera 4 Choose Discrete color in the drop down menu of the aq Spatial resolution 85 button on the Tool bar View area projection wil be divided into the regions The regions wil be colored according to values of the criterionls8 within the regions 5 Open the Spatial resolution e amp box In the Pattern criterionh6 combo box you can see which criterion is chosen in the pattern assigned to the active camera Pattern criterion Pixel for odject AUTO 1 64 Specify vertical resolution number of pixel of camera in the Vertical resolution of camerah 6 combo box Vertical resolution of camera 576 In the Table of regions 6 you can see what color corresponds to each range of the criterion value On the images in the Resolutionf6 column you can see with which resolution people at the far bound of each region will be visible 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com E
200. mini JVC mir intedessed 84 G outdoor PTZ IVC 1231231231231 PIZ Exview HAD 1 3 43 Du TKWD3I0E IC Wide Dynamic F CCIR PAL fond VHS easy day niunknow 1 3 720 540 irtedeased 43 480 50 a STC 3010 0 Smastec ful day night CCIR PAL led VHS day night ExviewHAD 1 3 752 582 interleased 43 500 50 3 STC 1000 0 Smaitec COR PAL fixed VHS b w SuperHAD 1 752 582 interessed 4 3 550 50 10 TKCS2IEG MVC COIR PAL faxed VHS easy day nilT CCD p 1 3 752 582 intedessed 4 3 540 50 1 QN8303 QWONN HIGHAGC COR PAL fied VHS b w ExviewHeD 1 3 752 582 intetleased 4 3 5 564 3 51 12 QN 135 OWONN Cok8 W COR PAL fined VHS co HADCCD 1 3 752 582 intedessed 4 3 480 48 CH WAT 137HL Watec Co Ltd HIGHAGC COR PAL fied VHS b w ExvewHAD 1 3 752 582 intedessed 4 3 500 51 14 KPC 190SB1 KTEC COIR PAL r VHS b w HAD CCD 1 3 500 582 intereased 4 3 375 50 15 KPC 190SB1 KT2C COR PAL mi VHS b w HADCCD 1 3 752 582 intetleased 4 3 50 fie KPC400P_ KT C COR PAL miri VHS b w IT CCD 1 3 500 582 interleased 4 3 330 50 ia ACE EXS60C KTEC COR PAL mini VHS biw ExviewHAD 1 3 752 582 intetleased 4 3 550 50 18 KPC S230C KTEC COR PAL ini VHS coke HADOCD 1 3 500 582 interleased 43 375 45 18 KPC HO230C KT amp C COR PAL mini VHS coke Super HAD 1 3 752 582 intetlessed 4 3 500 50 20 MC3710H 7XPELCO twisted par gen CCIR PAL ed twisted b w Super HAD 1 3 752 interleosed 4 3 564 50 a TK CS2SE IVC screenmenu CCIR PAL fied VHS day night IT CCD v3 752 582 irtedemsed 4 3 540 50 22 STCAP2
201. models semitransparent blend and gradient filling projections emf format does not support gradient and blend filling In AutoCAD formats dxf and dwg only vector elements of the drawing are saved Semitransparent blend gradient filling of view areas is not saved it can be saved in the form of hatching When shadowsho calculation is enabled hatching of view areas is not saved too Clicking the item will open the Exporth93 tab in the Options boxh8 It is possible on the tab to adjust export parameters exporting drawing scale camera icon and illuminator icon sizes size of nonscalable fonts step of dash line and step of hatches After closing the Options box the dialog box Save drawing as appears enabling to choose a filename and a saving directory The file name coincides with the layout name by default If the file format differs from dxf then the drawing is saved in a displayed size On the Exportli98 tab in the Options box i85 you can change image scale and other export parameters It is possible to save a drawing together with the frame and the Title Block For this choose the item Printh13 and the required frame and save the drawing For more convenience of the following dxf file processing in AutoCAD the file becomes multi layer In the obtained dxf file there are following layers Background Constructions Cameras Additional grid titles horizontal line Frame the print frame with the Title
202. n Walll 9 tool See also Constructions button group 90 Constructions gt Aperture in Wall The Aperture in Wall tool designed to easily create apertures openings of various shapes in the walls built by the Walil95 tool 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 126 VideoCAD Lite In order to an aperture will appear in the 3D space it must intersect the horizontal Wall 0 3 meter projection of the wall Aperture 1 2 meter The Aperture in Wall tool is similar to the Inclined rectangle s tool But the Inclined rectangle creates a flat rectangle in 3D space but the Aperture in Wall placed inside the Wall cuts an aperture in the wall This aperture equals to the projection of the same flat rectangle on the plane of the wall The minimal height of aperture corresponds to the lower side of this rectangle and the maximal height to the upper one In the Graphics window the upper side of aperture is displayed by thick line In line type panelh4 that appeared below graphics area there is a box in which it is possible to choose from the list or enter from keyboard the thickness of the aperture The Thickness of the wall affects only the shape of aperture projection in the Graphics window In the 3D window the apertures always cut through a wall at its full thickness Two buttons allow switching the orientation of the second aperture side relatively to the first one 2 105 a You can also switch the orien
203. n directory To add new 3D models to the program just copy the new model files into this directory You can import 3D models from Google SketchUp and Autodesk 3ds max See Importing 3D models from Google SketchUp and Autodeck 3ds Max_ b5 See also 3D window6 Options box gt Lineshs Options box gt 3D modelingls3 3D image This tool is similar to Inclined rectangle 94 As well as the inclined rectangle it allows to place a rectangle in three dimensional space at any angle But this rectangle can be covered by any raster image in bmp or jpg formats The image can be a photo or a figure Pixels of the image can be transparent if they have a color coincided with the color of the left bottom pixel Thus the image border can take any form In many cases raster images can replace 3D models 98 which are difficult to make They can be used for modeling many objects from banknotes and plates up to a complex background After choosing this button the Loading 3D image dialog box appears After choosing a file in bmp or jpg format place 3D image in the same way as Inclined rectangle On the Current construction parameter panelh4 the minimal height corresponds to the bottom bound of this rectangle and the maximal height to the top bound In the Graphics window the top of 3D images is displayed by thick line Later 3D image can be edited 87 by moving its grips It is possible to change 3D image the Current const
204. n the figure If another line type was assigned to the camera the View area edges of this camera is drawn by this line type assigned to the camera as well as the View area projection bounds 83 and camera icon Camera 41 42 43 Camera 43 Thus you can draw different cameras and their view areas by CK zm different colors thickness and line style A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the view area edges of the given camera will be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the current layout except the active camera this button changes view and operates the visibility of View area edges of all selected cameras simultaneously View gt View area projection bounds Show the bounds of the active camera view area projections calculated according to parameters 153 in the Camera Geometry box Line type can be changed in the options boxhs If the line type of camerals coincides with default line type for camera icons specified in the Options box then for this camera the line type of View area projection bounds is taken from the Options box gt Lines gt System line types gt Bounds 188 This line type is assigned to new cameras by default If another line type was assigned to the camera the View area projection bounds of this camera 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 115 is drawn by this line type assigned to the camera as well as the View a
205. nal factors 259 number of lamps in the luminaire 232 number of LEDs in the illuminator 232 Number of pixels 221 Number of pixels of the image sensor 220 number of rows in the frame 252 number of the displayed font type 188 Number bmp 81 192 numbers of pixels 243 Numerate 202 Numerate cameras 105 107 200 202 Numerate cameras tool 107 Numeration order 202 Numeration pattern 202 numerical values 259 Numerical values criteria of person identification and license plate reading 259 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 0 object 75 Object height 160 objects 75 Omnidirectional light source 232 On all layouts 202 ON OFF grid displaying 80 81 ON OFF mode of automatic grid step selection 80 81 One field 171 221 on line form 264 Open 105 107 Open earlier saved project 107 Open GL 174 Open Type 188 OpenGL hardware support 174 Opening Monitor window 183 Operating instructions for USB dongles 273 operating system 259 operator s workplace 175 Optical axis 80 81 105 107 Options 105 107 185 190 192 194 195 198 Options box 73 144 145 185 186 188 Order 105 265 Order and registration 265 orientation of the second line 148 Origin 105 107 origin coinciding with the loaded camera 142 origin of coordinates 75 142 Oscilloscope 252 outdated graphic card 192 P P 78 36 008 99 158 parameter boxes 150 parameter variation 192 parameters of actual cameras 259 parame
206. navigation lf Ctrl is pressed the scale changes with the less step which is convenient for the precise drawing positioning before printingh1 or savingh1d You can move the drawing by pressing and holding down the mouse wheel or the middle button If Ctrl is not pressed the entire drawing is dragged if Ctrl is pressed the horizontal projection is dragged only You can move drawing using horizontal and vertical scroll bars When Alt is pressedh4 it is possible to move drawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus To increase any screen area press in the corner of the EC CE q area and hold the right mouse button then move the mouse with the right button pressed At the same time you will see zoom window After releasing the button the area inside the zoom window will be shown on the full screen 2 There is an opportunity of quick navigation with the help of text markers 128 Since all the constructions in VideoCAD are made by two clicks but not by pressing and release the mouse button as in most CAD programs so it is very convenient to combine constructions with quick navigation If possessing certain skills in Wheel mouse use dragging the entire drawing is not required practically 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite To show all cameras and constructions use item of the Main menu or Pop up menu Scale gt S
207. nce with the general VideoCAD scale Click the Ruler button Scale background Specify by clicking 2 points on the background image the distance between Distance m which is known to you e g the length of a building a wall etc Inthe Distance box Real distance m 0 the measured distance at the current scale SK x Cancel Help will appear Enter the known distance into the Real distance box and click OK The background will be automatically scaled so that the distance specified by you will be equal to the entered value of real distance If the background is already loaded and you are loading a background without removingh1 the previous one then the size scale and location of a new background will remain the same as of a previous one In this case the proportion between the sides of a new background might be distorted lf you remove an old background beforehand then the new one will be automatically placed according to the size of a file and the current scale on the screen The project includes background files themselves therefore when moving the project file don t worry about the background files moving Drawing gt Scale background This item opens a submenu allowing to choose a projection to scale background After choosing item the dialog box Scale Background appears Using its tools is necessary to bring an image scale on the background in correspondence with the gene
208. nd heighths The box is accessible for editing in the Editinghe mode Object height Height of the object for the criteria associated with an object Pixel for object and of Field of view for object The box is accessible for editing in the Editinghe mode Apply res Apply changes of criterion parametershe in the Table of regions heA As a result of clicking this button changes in parameters of regions will be checked for correctness t6d then if they are correct will be applied on the Graphics window Blend Hatch Show the regions in the Spatial resolution box hatched or filled by blend translucent colors 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 162 VideoCAD Lite This box affects displaying regions in the Spatial resolution box only Hatch or fill regions in the Graphics window can be determined separately for each camera using the Fill projections 83 button Assign To selected cameras Assign chosen pattern to the Active camera If the To selected cameras box is checked then the chosen pattern is assigned to all selected cameras Vertical resolution of camera Vertical resolution of camera 576 Attention The purpose of this combo box differs in Starter Lite and Professional versions Vertical resolution for calculating bounds of regions in the Graphics window and modeling images te3 on the far bounds of regions in the Table of regions h6 Images on the bounds of regions
209. nd fix parameters of the wall coordinates of the first second points length angle In walls it is possible to make apertures for doors and windows using the Aperture in Walll9e tool See also Constructions button group 90 E Aperture in Wall The Aperture in Wall tool designed to easily create apertures openings of various shapes in the walls built by the Wallas tool In order to an aperture will appear in the 3D space it must intersect the horizontal Wall 0 3 meter projection of the wall The Aperture in Wall tool is similar to the Inclined rectangle 94 tool But the Inclined rectangle creates a flat rectangle in 3D space but the Aperture in Wall placed inside the Wall cuts an aperture in the wall This aperture equals to the projection of the same flat rectangle on the plane of the wall The minimal height of aperture corresponds to the lower side of this rectangle and the maximal height to the upper one In the Graphics window the upper side of aperture is displayed by thick line In line type panelli44 that appeared below graphics area there is a box in which it is possible to choose from the list or enter from keyboard the thickness of the aperture The Thickness of the wall affects only the shape of aperture projection in the Graphics window In the 3D window the apertures always cut through a wall at its full thickness Two buttons allow switching the orientation of the second aperture side relativel
210. ne cell in another first click the cell from which it is necessary to copy the image and then on the cell where it is necessary to copy the image At the same time Ctrl should be pressed To delete the image from the cell click it by the right mouse button and choose in pop up menu Clear cellltah To delete all images from the monitor choose item in the Main menu gt Monitor gt Clearl180 To increase images size by merging the cells place the images from one camera in 4 9 or 16 side by side located cells These cells are merged automatically Updating images Monitor window does not generate 3D images itself and uses the ready images which are created in 3D windowlt6 and which are stored in the memory That allows to work simultaneously with a big quantity of 3D images wthout decreasing the program s speed That is why after changing the parameters of a camera it is necessary to update camera s image on the screen To update the image in a cell click it by the right mouse button and choose in the pop up menu Updatelts Then 3D window will appear in which the image will be modeled according to saved parameters of the camera To update all images click the Updateli7 button on the Tool bar Work with monitor In order not to change monitor s adjustment by accident switch off Edit mode by clicking the Edith7 button The button should look not pressed Application of monitors at designing can be various For acquaintance wit
211. near space limit has the much greater influence on distortions than reduction of the far space limit The objects which are closer to the camera than near space limit or farther than far space limit will not be displayed but the distortions of the objects which are between space limits will be 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 198 reduced or removed completely Background res In this box you can set resolution of vector background in the 3D windowlt73 Redraw 3D image only by clicking Modeling complex 3D scenes especially taking into account illumination require high computer performance If the image in the 3D window is redrawn too slowly and that hinder operation in the Graphics window mark this box After that the image in the 3D window will be redrawn automatically only at activation of cameras To force redrawing click on the image 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 194 VideoCAD Lite 7 6 5 Camera icon Graphics window ae x Main menu Vv Export I Other Tool bar lew Lines Fonts Camera and Illuminator Keyboard 3D modeling Options Camera icon Illuminator icon Camera icon Line type 7 Line type 21 x 21 M v Display camera type Screen Print Screen Print Size pix Size mm Size pix Size mm 12 X 4 16 4 X Scalable Scalable Size m Size m 05 05 X Jf OK X Cancel Default Help On this tab c
212. nell148 which automatically appears in the bottom of graphics window See also Editing statel77 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface a Activate cameras When double clicking the camera lens the following actions are performed e the Active cameral7 is saved e the camera being double clicked will become active It is convenient to pan and tilt the active camera by moving the grip in the middle of the view area upper bound In a similar way by moving grips on the ends of the view area upper bound it is possible to change lens focal lengthl153 of the camera See also Active cameral78 See also Edit button groupls7 Cut Cut the selected objects 77 into the VideoCAD internal clipboard It is possible to cut objects of different projections at a time and to cut any quantity of constructions 90 3D objectsh2 cameras Copy Copy the selected objects 77 into the VideoCAD internal clipboard It is possible to copy objects of different projections at a time and to copy any quantity of constructions 90 3D objects i28 texts 8 and cables See also Copy with base pointli34 Paste Paste the objects from the VideoCAD internal clipboard After clicking this button specify the base point of paste in the projection being clicked when cutting or copying It is possible to paste into different layouts o paste cables of one camera while another camera is active in this case th
213. new 3D models to the program just copy the new model files into this directory You can import 3D models from Google SketchUp and Autodesk 3ds max See Importing 3D models from Google SketchUp and Autodeck 3ds Max 258 See also 3D window6 _Options box gt Lineshs Options box gt 3D modelingho Constructions gt 3D image This tool is similar to Inclined rectanglel94 As well as the inclined rectangle it allows to place a rectangle in three dimensional space at any angle 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 150 VideoCAD Lite But this rectangle can be covered by any raster image in bmp or jpg formats The image can be a photo or a figure Pixels of the image can be transparent if they have a color coincided with the color of the left bottom pixel Thus the image border can take any form In many cases raster images can replace 3D models 98 which are difficult to make They can be used for modeling many objects from banknotes and plates up to a complex background After choosing this button the Loading 3D image dialog box appears After choosing a file in bmp or jpg format place 3D image in the same way as Inclined rectangle On the Current construction parameter panelh4 the minimal height corresponds to the bottom bound of this rectangle and the maximal height to the top bound In the Graphics window the top of 3D images is displayed by thick line Later 3D image can be edited 87
214. ng spectral efficiency of infra red LEDs of different wavelength for different image sensors was added 7 109 In the Spectrum analyzer spectral sensitivity curves of modern CMOS and CCD megapixel image sensors SONY Cypress Micron were added 7 110 The technique of measuring sensitivity 2 of cameras was refined on the base of practice of measuring the sensitivity of IP cameras A new method of measuring the sensitivity using the Video analyzer was added 7 111 Procedures for measuring camera exposure timel4 and the row time of rolling shutterk5 of IP cameras were developed MISCELLANEOUS 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com What s new in VideoCAD 55 7 112 Possibility to make camera and luminaries icons scalable together with the other constructions on the drawing In this case the size of icons is specified in meters foots This possibility allows setting the exact sizes and positions of icons and names of cameras for exporting and printing 7 113 Possibility of assigning scalable fontshs to the camera names and specifying displacement of camera names in meters foots for scalable icons and in pixels for no scalable icons separately 7 114 Displaying background in the 3D window was improved 7 115 A new possibility of adjusting resolutionh93 of a vector background in AutoCAD format in the 3D window 7 116 In the Options box on the 3D tab a slider was added which allows adjusting realism of modelinglis2 dep
215. nstructions gt Double line When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies the start point of a double line Second clicking specifies the end point of the double line The length and the width of the double line appear in the status barft4 In line type panelh4 that appeared below graphics area there is a box in which it is possible to choose from the list or enter from keyboard the distance between lines of the double line Two buttons allow switching the orientation of the second line relatively to the first one los N You can also switch the orientation quickly by pressing the Space bar In the 3D windowhe 2 vertical rectangles will be displayed at the double line place Default minimal and maximal heights of the rectangles are determined by the line typelis which constructs the double line The heights can be set separately for each double line by means of current construction parameters panel 1148 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the double line in numeric values Color of the rectangles is determined only by line typelis which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the double line coordinates of the first second points length angle See also Constructions button groupl90 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 125 Constructions gt Wall Th
216. o Constructions button groupl90 Constructions gt Arc When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal 75 specifies the center of an arc Second and third clicking specify its ends To switch the arc into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on either of its can be set separately for each arc by means of two ends current construction parameters panel 4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of ass eee the arc in numeric values Color of the arc is determined only by line type s which is used at constructing In the 3D windowhe the arc stretches creating a cylindrical surface Default minimal and maximal heights of the cylindrical surface are determined by the line type hs which constructs the arc The heights On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the arc coordinates of the center first and second points radius angle See also Constructions button groupl90 Constructions gt Text When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies the place for a text string At this point a pop up frame with cursor will appear The necessary text is to be entered within a frame To separate the lines use Enter The font type panel 4 appears below in the graphics area allowing to change the font typelh s A pop up menu is available within a frame appearing at clicking the right mouse b
217. odel meets the requirements of the document See also Constructions button group 90 Signal cable When this button pressed you can draw the signal cable of the Active cameral78 by successive clicks in the graphics area The end of each segment is the start of the next one To stop drawing cable press ESC The status barl 421 displays the segment length and its projection to distance and height Both clicks are to be made in the same projection If the projections are different the measured values are incorrect therefore when constructing a segment with its ends in different projections the values are not displayed in the status bar In this case when changing the drawing the segment is attached to the projection with its initial point A cable consists of segments allowing to draw it in different projections and layouts representing an actual scheme of laying accurately When copyingla the cable segments between cameras and layouts 204 a process of cable drawing is accelerated considerably even in complex CCTV systems When drawing a cable the menu item Cable layingl138 might be used When choosing it a float panel of the same name appears enabling to choose a shift of segment ends for a level parallel cable drawing along the walls columns etc The type and parameters of line designating the Signal cable can be changed in the options box 18d VideoCAD summarizes the lengths of all the segments considers the reserves and
218. of camera installation the probable locations and velocity of moving objects are known We should choose an optimal frame rate to ensure that any moving object gets into the frame at least twice Order of work Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 2 8 21 Example 21 Creating animated model of monitor This example shows how to create an animated model of monitor as html file This model may contain up to 100 animated images from different cameras Each image has its own settings frame rate resolution etc Obtained html file can be viewed by any Internet browser edited wth any text editor etc See an example of animated monitor file size about 4 Mb Order of work Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 20 VideoCAD Lite 8 22 Example 22 Visualization of cameras control area projections and spatial resolution inside them Read before _ Spatial resolutionlss A Spatial resolution boxhs EE Problem We have a three dimensional model of a complex environment We need to determine the areas controlled by cameras Within the control areas the spatial resolution of cameras must be visualized We should be able to estimate directly on the 2D site plan how people will look into the camera image at each point of the ca
219. of the active camera Cable brands are Names of line types t8 which are considered as cables the Cable box in the line type parameters ls is checked Thus we assign simultaneously cable brand and correspondent line type by which the cable will be drawn on layouts We can obtain Cable report 138 which contains cable lengths of each brand separately The results of the cables calculation on each individual camera each individual section area and on the project as a whole are included into the text file obtained by Export to Textho See also Signal cable length calculation boxl203 View gt Active camera cablesh1 View gt All cameras cablesh1 Length calculation of line segmentshko Cable reporths 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 207 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 208 VideoCAD Lite 7 12 Length calculation of line segments Graphics window Main menu Length calculation of line se Cables Length calculation of line segments Line ype Control cable V Cables only Total length of line segments On the current layout 0 On all layouts 0 Selected only fio With this tool it is possible to calculate total length of line segments 92 of the chosen line typels l Thus it is possible to use certain line types as cables Only line seqment 92 lengths are summarized Lengths of other type constructions 90 are not summarized L
220. of the first second third points length angle value in degree 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 123 The angle tool is also used to measure angles on layouts 1 See also Constructions button groupl90 Constructions gt Rectangle When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal 751 specifies the first corner of a rectangle Second clicking completes the rectangle construction The status barl144 displays the information on the rectangle sizes and location In the _3D windowh6 a parallelepiped will be displayed at the rectangle place Default minimal and maximal heights of the parallelepiped are determined by the line type 188 which constructs the rectangle The heights can be set separately for each rectangle by means of current construction parameters panell148 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the rectangle in numeric values Color of the parallelepiped is determined only by line typelt8 which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the rectangle coordinates of the first points height width Rectangles are also used for creating rectangular horizontal planes in the 3D window for example a ceiling or floor See also Constructions button group 90 Constructions gt Inclined rectangle When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies fi
221. of work Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 23 8 24 Example 24 Simulating distortions of moving objects arising from Exposure time Interlace scan and Rolling shutter Problem There are three cameras e Three megapixel 3MP 2048x1536 IP camera with CMOS sensor and Rolling shutter e 1 3 megapixel 1280x960 IP camera with CCD sensor and Global shutter e 0 4MP 768x576 analog camera with interlace scan We know camera exposure time at the scene light conditions e 3MP IP Camera 100ms e 1 2MP IP camera 50ms e analog camera 20ms PAL 3MP camera employs Rolling shutter the period between start reading successive rows 50 microseconds All cameras have the same sensor size 1 3 and a lens with a focal length 4mm We know camera position location and speed of moving objects on the scene We need to get the model images of moving objects from each camera at the same position and compare them See also Measuring exposure time of IP cameral24 Measuring rolling shutter row time of IP camera 25 Order of work Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system Here are the obtained images below In the frame there is a car moving at a speed of 20 m s 72 km h and a woman moving at a speed of 2 m s 7 2 km h 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 2
222. oftware http ww cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite Table of Camera Models 2 X All models Used models Image sensor Type Signal Number ModelName Producer Key Feature Hor ue Mon fane dB Number of pixels Mer weigh Fixed PTZ Model Format S Aspect rati ir TV system Dome Mini Output Color Fe Baits Horiz Vert FE specialo time mes il indoor standa fixed 14 7 352 512 43 sharp 1 BE indoor mini mini 84 LB indoor PTZ PTZ 173 43 4 outoor standa fixed 4836 352 512 4 3 sharp 1 5 outdoor mini JVC mini interleased 84 _ 6 outdoor PTZ JVC 1231231231231 PTZ Exview HAD 1 3 4 3 vi TK WD310E JVC Wide Dynamic FCCIR PAL fixed VHS easy day ni unknow dy 720 540 interleased 4 3 480 50 18 STC 3010 0 Smartec full day night CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night Exview HAD 1 3 752 582 interleased 4 3 500 50 B STC 1000 0 Smartec CCIR PAL fixed VHS b w Super HAD 1 3 752 582 intedeased 4 3 550 50 10 TK C921EG JVC CCIR PAL fixed VHS easy day nilT CCD 143 752 582 intedeased 4 3 540 50 QN B309 QWONN HIGH AGC CCIR PAL fixed VHS b w Exview HD 1 3 752 582 intetleased 4 3 25 564 3 51 12 QN 196 QWONN Color BAY CCIR PAL fixed VHS color HAD CCD 1 3 752 582 intetleased 4 3 480 48 is WAT 137HL Watec Co Ltd HIGH AGC CCIR PAL fixed VHS b w Exview HAD 1 3 752 582 interleased 4 3 500 51 L 14 KPC 190SB1 KT amp C CCIR PAL mini VHS b w HAD CC
223. ogram library When any item in the submenu is chosen clicking in the graphics areal75 specifies the place for a 3D model 3D models placement is possible in the horizontal and vertical projections however only 3D models placed in the horizontal projection will be visible in the 3D windowlted In the horizontal projection the 3D models are displayed in the top view in the vertical projection in the side view and in the 3D windowh6 models are as 3D objects 3D models can be moved rotated copied changed draw orderhs as other VideoCAD objects The default height of the 3D models above the ground is determined by the maximal height of the line type hs which was chosen when the 3D model was being placed The height can be set separately for each 3D model using the current construction parameters panel 148 To change 3D model height above the ground selecths the 3D model then change line typeli3 or switch the 3D model to editing state by double clicking on it and change value in the 3D H box on the Current construction parameters panel 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 129 By default the 3D models are on the ground and constructed by the line type with the number specified on the Lines 188 tab of the Options box 18 This line type has the maximum height equal to 0 Heights can also take on negative values in this case 3D model plunges under ground For example to place a 3D mod
224. oject To show any layout click the tab with its name Using the pop up menu which appears by right clicking on the tab you can create delete and rename layouts or show the current layout completely The original layout and any layout with the cameras present in it can not be deleted See also Layouts boxleo 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 12 VideoCAD Lite 7 1 5 Status bar Ixo m Y 0 m oe Camera 25 f 6 28mm format 1 3 h 9 m Hva 1 5 6 m See location of the Status barl74 Graphics windowI74 status bar is situated in the bottom of the graphics window and consists of two parts The left part is constantly displaying the current coordinate of the cursor relatively to the origin of coordinates h If the origin coinciding with the active camera is set up then the coordinates have the following values e f the cursor is in the vertical projection then it is the distance to the camera location and its height above the ground If the cursor is in the horizontal projection then it is the distance to the active camera location in horizontal and vertical If there is no active camera in the layout displayed then the values of coordinates have no sense e The right part is displaying the measurement results and the hints The construction coordinates are displayed relatively to the chosen origin of coordinatesh18 The coordinates of constructions belonging to one camera only chang
225. omatically 5 Reboot the system if necessary 6 Attach USB dongle to an available USB port Successfully installed dongle should appear on the list of devices of the Windows device manager as Senselock SenselV EL v2 x in the Smart card readers directory 7 After the dongle installation has been done successfully launch VideoCAD 8 Copy the coming with the dongle pair name registration key in the boxes of the same name and click the button OK 9 Reboot your computer if necessary If the registration of VideoCAD on the HID identifier basis has been done on you computer earlier then the box of the registration request will not appear You may continue using the program until the loss of HID in the case of hard drive formatting or other serious upgrade After HID loss the box wth the registration request will appear where you can enter coming wth the dongle pair name registration key at that the dongle should be connected Coming with the dongle pair name registration key is not tied to computer and can be used many times on any computer to which the dongle is connected We do not guarantee VideoCAD operability on the computers which are installing programs used for cracking software protection 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com USB dongle 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com USB dongle 11 USB dongle Dongle is a device used to protect applications and data against
226. on of view area 219 horizontal red line 75 160 horizontal resolution 220 221 Horizontal size 221 HTML file 239 human body 236 hyperfocal distance 220 248 identification 221 259 illumination 174 Illumination and camera sensitivity in CCTV 256 HUMINATION AND LUMINARIES 45 illumination from the tested lamp 234 illumination from tungsten halogen lamp 234 22 VideoCAD Lite illumination is insufficient 233 illumination modeling 233 Illumination modeling panel 192 illumination with filter 227 llluminator 80 81 105 107 232 233 Illuminator calculation 232 233 235 Illuminator calculation box 73 236 Illuminator calculation button 232 Illuminator height above the ground 107 Illuminator icon 195 Illuminator icon unit 195 lluminators 171 224 Image 171 Image analyzer 73 105 107 226 228 Image analyzer utility 236 Image generation time 171 image in the 3D window 171 image model 225 image of camera view area 150 Image paramerer panel 221 Image parameter panel 220 221 225 233 Image pixel beating 228 Image processing parameters 221 image quality in the 3D window 174 image sensor format 152 153 219 220 221 224 Image sensor size 157 Image size 220 Image size in the 3D window 169 Image size panel 228 Images of video surveillance system 222 Imperial 107 IMPORT AND EXPORT 45 Import from VideoCAD3 6 Import of 3D models 255 Import of 3D models and scenes from 3ds max to VideoCAD 81 Im
227. on the camera install the camera on the stand point the camera at the screen of the oscilloscope connect camera to computer display image from the camera on the computer screen 2 Place the luxmeter sensor near to the oscilloscope screen 3 Enable a night mode in the camera setting 4 Set the oscilloscope sweep time 50ms div Scan automatic If your oscilloscope has such settings On the oscilloscope screen a flying spot must be visible On the computer screen instead of the spot flickering segments will be seen 5 Turn on the incandescent lamp Turn off the ambient light If you need only to measure the maximum exposure time then instead of changing light simple close iris on the lens 6 Set the minimum brightness of the oscilloscope spot to make the segments on the computer screen barely visible Light of the spot should not affect operation of camera s automatics 7 By moving the lamp away reducing the illumination of the oscilloscope screen detect a moment 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 251 when the length of the segments on the computer screen becomes the maximum and no longer increases with further decreasing light until the appearance of strong noise on the screen At the moment when the length of the segments becomes maximum luxmeter shows the threshold illumination As a result of our measurements the threshold illumination was about 50lux Tha
228. only by request If you need telephone support or just want to talk to a live person please contact us at one of the above addresses for the current hours of availability as they change often If you have ideas suggestions comments criticisms or questions we would love to hear from you about our programs 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Ordering and contacting 265 10 2 Order and registration Orderls Regulations of upgrading previous VideoCAD versions to VideoCAD 7 Lite and VideoCAD 7 Professional ke Variants of protection from unauthorized copyingk6 for VideoCAD 7 Starter 265 for VideoCAD 7 LiteP6 for VideoCAD 7 Professional 26 Program registration in the case of the HID basis _protection 268 First registration be Reserve registrationke Program registration in the case of the USB dongle basis _protectionf26 a Order For the latest order options visit the CCTVCAD Software web site at http www cctvcad com CCTVCAD Order html a Regulations of upgrading previous VideoCAD versions to VideoCAD 7 Lite and VideoCAD 7 Professional For the upgrade options visit the CCTVCAD Software web site at htto www cctvcad com CCTVCAD Order html For the customers who have purchased VideoCAD6 or upgraded to VideoCAD6 after 01 January 2011 upgrade cost makes a difference between cost of VideoCAD7 and VideoCAD6 For the customers who have purchased VideoCAD6 or upgraded to VideoCAD
229. ons of spatial resolutionfs and field of view size Choose visually a relative location of cameras using the graphics window 7 with CAD interface Locate cameras on the prepared layoutsh1 in bmp jpg AutoCAD dxf dwg formats Obtain a drawingl11 containing horizontal projection of site layout with the camera images calculated view areas and with coordinate grid to be used in graphical path of the project Exporth14 the obtained drawing into any of the following formats bmp jpg Saving the drawing M in the Graphics windows with resolution exceeding Windows screen resolution Copy the Camera list with most important parameters o to MS Excel MS Word and other software Construct three dimensional models he of real scenes Use many 3D models 98 people cars bus furniture turnstile tree grass You can add other 3D models from 3ds max and Google Sketchupl25 Spare the means and win tenders due to the reduction of cameras quantity in projects and increase of their efficiency e Reduce time expended and boost design quality Cut down the amount of controversial situations with customers and accelerate their solution Download VideoCAD Starter demo version z With the VideoCAD Lite version you can in addition e Use more than 30 additional constructions and CAD tools Point Horizontal line Vertical 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com s VideoCAD Lite line Line segment Ang
230. or It is possible to delete drag move rotate change draw order scale mirror and copy the object Several objects can be selected at a time You can select objects by clicking or by capturing by the selection window in the See Select Eaitl87 for details a Editing state active state of cameras Object s base points are marked with pink grips camera name and icon are marked with red color texts are displayed in pop up frame The editing state can be taken only by one of the objects and one camera at a time One of the cameras is always Active Switching an object to the editing state is performed by double clicking the object in the To switch circlel128 into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on the point on its radius that appears during the process of construction To switch arch2 into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on either of its two ends E How to edit objects You can change the shape and geometrical sizes of the objects and edit the texts The line typesh4 of the objects and the_fonts h43 of the texts can be changed too To edit an object click beside a base point with a grip and move the cursor After clicking for the second time the changed object will be saved When editing a rectanglelss or a mask 98 then several points will move at a time the rectangle or the mask remaining square 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cc
231. or example all 3D models in VideoCAD consist of triangular mesh only See also Constructions button group 90 lt Double line 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface s5 When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies the start point of a double line Second clicking specifies the end point of the double line The length and the width of the double line appear in the status barl143 In line type panelli44 that appeared below graphics area there is a box in which it is possible to choose from the list or enter from keyboard the distance between lines of the double line Two buttons allow switching the orientation of the second line relatively to the first one els IN 3 You can also switch the orientation quickly by pressing the Space bar In the _3D windowh6 2 vertical rectangles will D be displayed at the double line place Default minimal and maximal heights of the rectangles are determined by the line typehs which constructs the double line The heights can be set separately for each double line by means of current construction parameters panelh4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the double line in numeric values Color of the rectangles is determined only by line typel8 which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the double line coordinates of the
232. or hide Monitor window In the Monitor window images from any quantity of cameras are displayed simultaneously Monitor window allows modeling monitors of video surveillance system See more Monitor windowt73 Hide vertical projection If this button is pressed the horizontal projection is only present in the graphics area To display a vertical projection click this button again Hide horizontal projection If this button is pressed the vertical projection is only present in the graphics area To display a horizontal projection click this button again Grid control element group The graphics areal75 includes 2 grids with the coinciding horizontal coordinates a grid in the vertical projection and a grid in the horizontal projection The grid origin coincides wth the chosen origin of coordinatesh Grid selected step box To change a grid step click the box and choose the required step from the pop up list If the automatic step selection mode is active when changing the step value in the box this mode is deactivated See also Grid control element groupl se ON OFF the automatic grid step selection mode Switch on off the mode of automatic grid step selection according to a drawing scale See also Grid control element groups6 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface ON OFF displaying grid Switch on off displaying grid Choosing NO in the grid step selection box can also deact
233. or professional video surveillance system design modeling parameters of video image and video equipment VideoCAD allows even the beginners to use the new opportunities appearing to be hard to obtain without it due to the complexity of calculations and therefore not being used even by the skilled engineers of CCTV VideoCAD practically boosts the quality of CCTV design to a new level which appears to be beyond any competition with those lacking the program VideoCAD Lite is an inexpensive version of VideoCAD with limited features VideoCAD Lite offers only the most useful and easy to master tools for CCTV design VideoCAD Lite may seem less demanding of computer resources because of absence of resource intensive tools However these tools when they are not needed can be disabled 25 in version Professional too VideoCAD Lite can be available without USB dongle it can be registered with tie to computer parameters HID registration VideoCAD Lite can be upgraded to more powerful Professional version With VideoCAD Lite you can Choose the most suitable lenses heights and locations for camera installation to provide the required parameters of view areas Calculate the horizontal projection sizes of view areas to draw them on the location plan Display by separate colors and hatch styles different regions of spatial resolution 84 and field of view size Choose visually a relative location of cameras using the graphics window 7 wi
234. ort Choose Main menu gt Cables gt Cable reportf3 The Cable report includes lengths of the cables attached to cameras and the main cables as well Cable lengths is calculated for each brand line type separately See also Active camera s cablesh1 All cameras cables Line segmentl24 Polylinelt23 Signal cableli34 Power cableli38 Cable layingl38 Length calculation of line segmentsh3a Cable reportl139 L 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 28 VideoCAD Lite 8 26 Example 26 Checking Depth of Field in horizontal projection Problem We need to check that a camera has enough Depth of Field Order of work Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 24 8 27 Example 27 Measuring exposure time of IP camera The sensitivity of cameras depends on the exposure time Within the validity of the Reciprocity principle the camera sensitivity is directly proportional to the exposure time However increasing exposure time leads to blurring of moving objects that is often unexpected Usually when measuring sensitivity of cameras and while accepting built CCTV system a customer looks only at static images but moving targets are of interest The greater the exposure time and the greater the velocity of an object on the screen the more the blur Automation of camera AESC constantly adju
235. ort focus PIN HOLE lens Show 3D 200 Show all 105 107 190 show any layout 141 Show camera type 194 Show in 3D window 181 Show loaded camera 80 81 105 107 Show panel 171 Show this box before export 195 signal cable 80 81 105 107 186 205 246 Signal cable length 205 Signal cable length calculation box 73 signal noise ratio 225 226 Simulating distortions 243 Simulating distortions of moving objects arising from Exposure time Interlace scan and Rolling shutter 213 Size and line type for icons of camera size of output image 221 sizes 150 Sizes unit 73 80 81 171 220 221 105 107 221 142 259 194 195 SketchUp 255 Smoothing 171 Snap panel 74 Snap sensitivity Solid 186 Sort cameras Space limits Spacebar spatial resolution 198 200 192 107 148 73 80 81 105 107 158 240 Spatial resolution box 107 158 240 Spatial resolution criterion 158 Spatial resolution pattern 158 Special sensor size 152 157 Special sensor size box 153 Specify the focus plane 248 specifying sensor size 157 spectral efficiency 234 Spectral efficiency factor 234 Speed 171 Speed lt gt Accuracy 174 192 Speed box 147 speed of moving 3D model 147 SPEED OPTIMIZATION 45 Stabilized power supply unit Stand 226 234 Start 227 234 236 Start numeration on each layout Starting index 202 status bar 74 142 steradian 232 Stop operation 80 81 220 Stop the current operation 236 202 148
236. ortant for megapixel cameras We can measure resolution with a given drop of contrast as well as drop the contrast at a given resolution To perform the measurements you need the software CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit visit http cctvcad com Solution 1 Open the Image analyzerl228 from CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit 2 Click Load in the upper left corner of Image analyzer and select image file 3 For conveniences it is recommended to increase image size in 2 times To do this open the Processing tab enter two times larger sizes on the Image size panel and click Apply 4 Open the TV lines tab 5 Click vertical wedge area of the test chart with lines corresponding to the minimal resolution 100 200TV lines Record peak to peak amplitude of signal in the area of minimal resolution The peak to peak amplitude of signal can be seen on the oscillogram under the image 6 Move the cursor with pressed mouse button to the side where the wedge becomes narrow up to the moment when the peak to peak amplitude of signal from the wedge makes 10 from the signal amplitude at minimal resolution 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 229 400 B00 NNNHN E 7 Determine resolution according to the place of analyzing line on the test chart In case when resolution is close to the maximal possible one at specified image size and camera aperture corrector works determining the point of the contras
237. ossibility of the first registration is only for your convenience to make you start working with the program before getting the dongle VideoCAD 7 0 Professional can work only with USB Senselockf27 dongle HID registration with the Professional version is impossible When buying the VideoCAD 7 Professional we offer one HID basis registration of VideoCAD 7 Lite After payment is confirmed a link to the full version of VideoCAD with protection on HID identifiers basis will be mailed to the e mail address you ve specified Having installed VideoCAD according to the instruction enclosed herewith you will get a unique identifier for your computer system HID E mail to support cctvead com specifying the following information e Your name the same as at payment e HID You may also use our on line registration form on our website http www cctvead com CCTVCAD Register html 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Ordering and contacting If your computer is not connected to the Internet you may mail from any other computer After your registration key is entered the program is completely operable You may install and deinstall VideoCAD on this computer system for unlimited number of times As a result of replacing or formatting your hard disk reinstalling operation system or other upgrading your HID might be lost and registration will be lost too For this case two reserve registrations are granted which are performe
238. ot displayed External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part I Camera view area pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 157 7 23 Special sensor size In this box it is possible to specify any Image sensor size and Aspect ratio Special sensor size These parameters can be specified either Focal length directly or through view angles values 4 View angles Horizontal Vertical 61 9 48 5 Sensor size Horizontal Vertical 4 8 3 6 Aspect Ratio Horiz Vert 43 V4 oK N X Cancel For direct specifying sensor size using known values just enter sizes in millimeters into corresponding boxes on the Sensor size panel For specifying image sensor size through known view angles and lens focal length e Check value in the Focal length box e Enter known view angles values in degrees into corresponding boxes on the View angles panel After that on the Sensor size panel calculated values of image sensor sizes will appear In the Aspect ratio box the calculated ratio of horizontal image size to vertical is shown To save changes click OK To cancel changes click Cancel 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 158 VideoCAD Lite 7 3 Spatial resolution Graphics window SS Tool bar Patter t Spatial resolution Home Office Scientific Development _ eels Pattern criterion Height Object Height of Field of view for object
239. pe of the camera and the additional information in the Camera listlo box Cameras can be numerated sequentially with the help of the Numerate camerasho tool Cameras are displayed by different icons only if the Display camera type box in the Options box 183 is marked On the Line type panelh4 it is possible to choose line typelts by which the icon of the camera and View area projection bounds s3 will be drawn When displaying spatial resolution s4 is disabled projection will be filled 8 hatched by the color of assigned line type Later it is possible to change line type using Change line typel138 tool After entering all necessary data click OK to cancel the operation click Cancel If there is already a camera with chosen number in the current project VideoCAD will ask to specify whether you would like to rewrite it After camera creation specify by clicking a place for the new camera on the layout Just after camera creation the moving mode will be switched on When placing will be completed It is convenient to create new cameras with already set parameters by copyingl 9 and pastingl ss 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 22 VideoCAD Lite existing ones Save to project All the specified and calculated parameters of the Active cameral7 and layout are saved to the current project Saving is performed automatically at many operations Camera list Clicking this button opens Camera lis
240. per bound In a similar way by moving grips on the ends of the view area upper bound it is possible to change lens focal lengthh5 of the camera See also Active cameral78 See also Edit button groupls7 Edit gt Cut Cut the selected objects 77 into the VideoCAD internal clipboard It is possible to cut objects of different projections at a time and to cut any quantity of constructions 90 3D objectsh2 cameras Edit gt Copy Copy the selected objects 77 into the VideoCAD internal clipboard It is possible to copy objects of different projections at a time and to copy any quantity of constructions 30 3D objects 28 texts 98 and cables See also Copy with base poinths Edit gt Cut with base point Cut the selected objects 77 into the VideoCAD internal clipboard relative to a base point After clicking this button specify the base point of cutting 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 134 VideoCAD Lite It is possible to cut objects of different projections at a time and to cut any quantity of constructions 90 3D objects h2 texts 9e cameras and cables as well When cutting the active camera it is copied See also Cuths Edit gt Copy with base point Copy the selected objects 7 into the VideoCAD internal clipboard relative to a base point After clicking this button specify the base point of copying It is possible to copy objects of different projections at a time and
241. ple 8 CCTV project ss mnnsssnnnrenennnnennnnnnnennennnnennennnnennnnnnnennennnnnenennnnne 224 9 Example 9 Choice of camera model according to known scene ANNU MMI ATION ARR Reese RE See RE ER ESS RE ee RE 225 10 Example 10 Measuring camera sensitivity ss ssnsnnnnnerneennnes 226 11 Example 11 Measuring low illumination ss 227 12 Example 12 Measuring resolution of camera lens 228 13 Example 13 Measuring maximum scene illumination for a CAMEL EE FPPPEPPPEEPEEEP EEE TEE PERTE ERP EEETEEEEEEE EEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEE EREC EEE EEE EEE EEE TETE TETE E EEE ET EEE TESTER ETES EEE CETTE IEEE 230 14 Example 14 Examples of luminaire calculation 232 15 Example 15 Choice of luminaire power and location 233 16 Example 16 Determining spectral efficiency of light source 234 17 Example 17 Measuring projector parameters ns 235 18 Example 18 Measuring parameters of IR illuminator 236 19 Example 19 Modeling megapixel images snnnnss 237 20 Example 20 Selecting frame rate on the basis of known target s POSITIONS and VElOCITICS 202 2c cece ee cee cece teen ee ee eee e ee eee ence ne eeee ence eeae nese seca ne seee seen seen eee 238 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Contents m 21 Example 21 Creating animated model of monitor 239 22 Example 22 Visualization of cameras control area projections and
242. port sl It is possible to use Line seqments 92 for cable modeling with subsequent cable length calculation Use separate line typeslts for drawing a cable of each type For length calculation use the Length calculation of line segmentskoa tool Cable reportha See also Constructions button groupl90 View gt Active camera cablesht View gt All camera cablesh1 Cable layingh3 Length calculation of line seqmentsle08 Cable reports Global snaps This button is used to promptly switch global snaps h3 on off Snaps enhance the convenience in drawing As a result of the snaps functioning the cursor sticks to the certain points lines or directions 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 103 Points the cursor sticks to base object points e Lines the cursor sticks to objects lines Angular snap functions at construction of line segments angles cables and at moving and rotating as well After that the subsequent construction points are leveled from the previous points horizontally and vertically e Extension the cursor sticks to the virtual horizontal and vertical lines passing through base objects points The snap Extension is disabled for hiddenh38 objects and in the Select Edit s7 mode e At grid the cursor sticks to grid nodes In the pop up menu you can choose permanent opened snap panel with the help of which it is convenient fast switch the snaps during drawings In
243. port of 3D models from Google SketchUp 213 imprecise pointer devices 198 In construction mode 146 In Edit mode 146 inclination angle 107 233 Inclined rectangle 80 81 105 107 incorrect value 150 individual case 259 INHERITED ELEMENTS 45 Install driver 265 273 install location for PTZ camera 242 installation height 219 220 221 105 107 Installation parameters 219 IntelliMouse 75 interchange images positions 183 Interface 45 73 185 198 INTERFACE IMPROVEMENTS 45 interlace distortions 169 Interlace scan 171 243 interlaced fields 221 Invisible buttons 197 IP camera 243 249 252 IP cameras sensitivity 226 IR illuminator 236 IRE 225 IRE at the minimum illumination 226 IRE ofthe image 171 irradiance 236 Italic 188 iterative algorithms 259 JPG 195 Keyboard 185 190 keyboard shortcuts 74 148 190 lack ofimage 174 lamp aging 192 Lamp position 171 Lamp power 235 236 Lamp power watt 232 Lamp quantity 232 235 Lamp spectrum analyzer 73 105 107 lamp supply voltage 230 234 Lamp type 235 236 Lamp type combo box 232 Language 105 107 latest versions of our programs 264 laws of geometrical optics 259 layout 75 141 Layout tabs 74 141 Layouts 73 105 107 204 LED 232 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com LED quantity 232 236 length 146 Length calculation of line segments 73 105 107 208 length of the velocity vector 147 239 lens aperture 224 Len
244. projections and layouts representing an actual scheme of laying accurately When copyingls the cable segments between cameras and layouts ko4 a process of cable drawing is accelerated considerably even in complex CCTV systems When drawing a cable the menu item Cable layingl138 might be used When choosing it a float panel of the same name appears enabling to choose a shift of segment ends for a level parallel cable drawing along the walls columns etc The type and parameters of line designating the power cable can be changed in the options box 18 VideoCAD summarizes the lengths of all the segments considers the reserves and calculates the total length of cable To change the default parameters and obtain the calculation results double click the image of any cable segment or click Power cable again A dialog box of the same name appears after that enabling to choose a cross section area of power cable to fit the requirements of camera voltage supply It is assumed that the conductor material is copper and the conductor temperature is 50 C You can open this box by choosing Calculate item near Power cable item The results of the cables calculation on each individual camera each individual section area and on the project as a whole are included into the text file obtained by Export to Textho7 and Cable report hs It is possible to use Line segments s for cable modeling with subsequent cable length calculation Use separate line
245. projections of the camera will be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the layout except the active camera this button changes view wae and operates the visibility of filling hatching projections of all selected cameras simultaneously a Spatial resolution Fill in different colors regions on the view area projections of the active camera depending on the spatial resolution within these regions Colors of the regions and the boundary values of the spatial resolution are determined by the spatial resolution pattern assigned to the camera In the Spatial resolution box 158 you can edit the patterns and assign them to cameras Camera 42 Drop down menu e Discrete colors fill the regions in discrete colors in accordance with a spatial resolution at the far bounds of the regions e Gradient fill the view area projection in gradient color according to the spatial resolution at each point on the projection In case of gradient color is chosen the colors at the far region bounds equal to the colors of the spatial resolution pattern but between the bounds color changes smoothly as well as real spatial resolution Gradient reflects the spatial resolution more accurately and looks impressive but discrete colors are more intuitive and easy to use If the Gradient item is chosen but in the drop down menu of the Fill projections 83 button the Hatching item is chosen then the projections wil
246. projections vertically is locked as being incorrect Selecteal77 objects or cameras can be moved in Select edit s7 mode In order to move place the cursor above the selected object press left mouse button move after moving is finished release the left mouse button Edit gt Rotate Rotate the selected objects 77 After clicking this button the first click in a graphics areal75 designates the rotation center the second click specifies the initial rotating point and the third click specifies the final rotating point When rotating take into account the projection to which the objects are attached The selected objects attached to the projection wth a rotation center designated can rotate only 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 135 The scalablels fonts can rotate only If a font is not scalable then its initial point rotates only the text remaining horizontal The active camera can be rotated in Select edit s7 mode by moving the grip in the middle of the view area upper bound Edit gt Scale Change scale of selected 77 constructions relative to the center of scaling After clicking on this button the first click on the graphics areal75 specifies the center of scaling Then moving the cursor up increases sizes of selected constructions moving the cursor down decreases sizes of selected constructions In the Status barh4 the current scale factor is displayed When required sizes
247. r e IP Camera CCTV Calculator e VideoCAD Plugin for Google SketchUp a 7 What s new in VideoCAD 7 0 NEW PROJECT FORMAT 7 1 New project file format ve7 There are possibilities of exportho and import 108l of the previous project format vmp supported by versions from 4 to 6 7 2 Unlimited quantity of cameras in one project In the previous versions each project could 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite contain no more than 100 cameras 7 3 Unlimited quantity of constructions on each layout In the previous versions each layout could contain no more than 5000 constructions 7 4 Quantity of line typeshs is increased to 2000 SPEED OPTIMIZATION 7 5 Resource intensive operations are allocated in separate threads This allows working in the graphics window without delays and also get considerable gain in efficiency on modern multicore processors 7 6 3D imageh6 generation is allocated in a separate thread This allows working in the graphics window with opened 3D window without delays for redrawing 3D images The priority of the 3D window thread can be switchedhs During image generation in the 3D window on the 3D window button se blinking red frame appears 7 7 New items were added to the 3D window s main menu Speed gt Disable image processingl17 and Update image only by clickingl17f These items duplicate the same items in the Options box When image processing is disabled the 3D i
248. ral VideoCAD scale 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 112 VideoCAD Lite Sequence of actions e Click the Ruler button Scale background z e Specify by clicking 2 points on the background image the distance between Distance m 9 which is known to you e g the length of a building a wall etc In the Distance box Real distance m the measured distance at the current scale VIT x Cancel Help will appear e Enter the known distance into the Real distance box and click OK The background will be automatically scaled so that the distance specified by you will be equal to the entered value of real distance Drawing gt Move background This item opens a submenu allowing to choose a projection to move background After choosing item clicking in the graphics areal75 specifies new location of the background in the corresponding projection Drawing gt Hide background This item opens a submenu allowing to choose a projection to hide background The hidden background and all its parameters are stored in memory but the background is not displayed It is convenient for increasing speed on weak computer or in some other cases Drawing gt Delete background This item opens a submenu allowing to choose a projection to remove background Choosing item from the submenu removes background and all its parameters from the project Drawing gt Background only A
249. rame rate was added to the camera parameters 7 30 It is possible to model movement of 3D models and rotation of the Rotakin 1o object 7 31 Visual estimation 23 in the Graphics window how many times moving object will get into the frame depending on speed and direction of movement of the object location and frame rate of the 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com s VideoCAD Lite camera and the view area form a ka Vs S Ka OOD x ve Se S OY C5255 es KR SAS Soe Le S050 ete et es 4 o7 gt J Re See 7 32 Exposure time and Row time of Rolling shutter were added to camera parameters 7 33 It is possible to model blur of moving 3D models motion blur and rotating Rotakin depending on the speed direction of movement and exposure time of camera 7 34 When modeling exposure time in the 3D window Titles current exposure time value is displayed 7 35 Modeling distortions 243 of moving 3D models and rotating Rotakin from Rolling shutter and Global shutter 7 36 Modeling interlace distortions 243 of moving 3D models and rotating Rotakin CREATION OF ANIMATED IMAGES 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com What s new in VideoCAD 7 37 Possibility of creation of animated images Layout 1 with moving 3D models 7 38 On the Image parameter panel View tab the Number of frames box was added 7 39 When the Number of frames
250. rameters of cameras in the project can be obtained in the form of adjustable table which can 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 108 VideoCAD Lite be exported into various formats Project gt Import from VideoCAD3 6 Import of the previous project format vmp supported by VideoCAD versions from 3 to 6 In the appearing dialog box choose a filename with vmp extension If after importing project seems incorrectly restart VideoCAD Project gt Export to VideoCAD3 6 Export current project to the previous project format vmp supported by VideoCAD versions from 3 to 6 In the appearing dialog box choose a filename with vmp extension vmp file can contain no more than 100 cameras and no more than 5000 constructions on each layout All that exceeds these limits will be lost Also new tools which appeared in VideoCAD7 will not be saved Project gt Exit Exit the program Camera gt New Create new camera with default parameters In the dialog box appeared you can change x N camera number name type of the camera which determines the kind of icon by which it Camera number Additional information will be displayed If necessary you can enter LE additional information on the created camera Name for example purpose a place and features of Camera 19 installation Camera icon CH indoor fixed is K Carca Y Later it is possible to ch
251. range of focal lengths of lens is expanded 5 29 Many functions are improved detected errors are corrected 5 30 VideoCAD 5 0 can read projects created in VideoCAD 4 xx 5 31 The regulations of updating previous VideoCAD versions to VideoCAD 5 0 e The cost of updating amounts the difference between the costs of previous VideoCAD versions VideoCAD 3 02 or VideoCAD 4 0 and VideoCAD 5 0 For users whose valuable suggestions have found application in VideoCAD 5 0 updating is free of charge a 4 What s new in VideoCAD 4 0 4 1 There is a possibility of full value 3D designinghe of a video surveillance object with loading prepared 3D models h2 a man car and other and getting images from cameras in the project 4 2 lt has become possible to model the 3D image quality from each camera through the image quality parameters based on the real videosignal distortions 4 3 Line type parameters h8 include minimum maximum height and color in the 3D window The number of line types has increased to 100 4 4 There are new system fonts 188 and line types hs e title font in the 3D window sharpness area line focus plane line hyperfocal distance line 3D model line 4 5 Test object became 3D parallelepiped Test object can be seen in the 3D window 4 6 There is the depth of field and hyperfocal distance calculation 4 7 There is a support for all dwg file formats as a backgroundh1 dwg AutoDesk Release 12 13 14 2000 20
252. rawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus Choosing an item of the pop up menu appearing when clicking the graphics areal75 with the right mouse button performs the command as well Scale gt Move drawing With this item chosen you can move a drawing within the graphics areal 75 using the mouse To do that press and hold down the left mouse button at any spot of drawing and then move the mouse holding the button down To stop moving the drawing release the mouse button If your mouse is an Intellimouse or other Wheel mouse you can move the drawing at any time by pressing and holding the middle button down When Alt is pressedf4 it is possible to move drawing in the Graphics window using arrow keys and change scale using plus and minus keys irrespective of the input focus Scale gt Show all Show all cameras and other constructions on the current layout At this the scale and view are chosen automatically Scale gt Find text After choosing this item the Find text box will appear In the box any text can be entered After clicking the button OK all cameras and text markersh2 on the current layout in which designation the entered text is included will become visible and selected 771 At this the scale and view are chosen automatically Even only one letter can be entered and at this all cameras and text markers on the current layout in which desi
253. rawing into any of the following formats emf wmf png gif tif AutoCAD dxf R14 AutoCAD dxf R2000 Flexible adjustments 94 of resolution and other export parameters Obtain a text fileho with full description of all cameras in the project view areas and cables to be pasted into a project explanatory note or used as instruction for installation Printh7 image in 3D window Use titles test chart EIA1956 in the 3D window Design operator interface using the Monitor windowh7 l Calculate the lengthle44 and electric parameters of cables 208 Adjust keyboard shortcuts 199 for each item in the Main menu Adjust visibility h9 of buttons on the Toolbar Download VideoCAD Lite demo version With the VideoCAD Professional version you can in addition e Choose the most suitable lenses heights and locations for camera installation to provide the required parameters of view areas for detection and identification of a person and license plate reading e Calculate the horizontal projection sizes of person detecting identifying and license plate reading areas to draw them on the location plan 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter 31 Person detection criteria En Person identification criteria ual 1 e Calculate the horizontal projection of camera control areas including shadows 8 from obstacles on the scene
254. rce intensive operations for image processing which can be enabled or disabled It is recommended to enable the resource intensive operations only when needed and disable them during normal operation VideoCAD Litel17 and VideoCAD Starter 29 may seem less demanding of computer resources because of absence of resource intensive tools However these tools when they are not needed can be disabled in version Professional too 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 260 VideoCAD Lite See details Errors in 3D window7 a Mastering VideoCAD To master the program it will be very useful to get acquaintance with The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD articles 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Ordering and contacting 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com Ordering and contacting 263 10 Ordering and contacting Contacting CCTVCAD Softwarel26 Order and Registration 26 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 24 VideoCAD Lite 10 1 Contacting CCTVCAD Software For the latest versions of our programs please check our web site at http www cctvcad com Any questions can be e mailed to us at info cctvead com Technical questions can be e mailed to us at support cctvead com We try to answer e mail as quickly as possible You may also use our on line form on our website http www cctvcad com CCTVCAD Support html Telephone support is available
255. re intended for fast calculation of vertical number of pixels from the specified horizontal number of pixels and on the contrary Calculation is carried out using the Aspect Ratiohs 7 78 On the View tab of the Image parameter panel near to a box with the horizontal number of pixels the calculated value of vertical number of pixels and the Aspect ratio are displayed 7 79 At the left top corner of the Tool bar the Save project s1 button was added for convenient regular saving the current project to a file 7 80 Links to the last 10 used project files are accessible in the Main menu gt Projectlt0 7 81 Accuracy of 3D model selection in the Graphics window was improved 7 82 In the Main menu gt Helphs new items with links to our web site and VideoCAD user forum in the Internet were added UNDO 7 83 Buffer of last operations UNDO stores now all parameters of cameras 7 84 Depth of the undo buffer can be adjusted on the Miscellaneousho tab of the Options box This depth can be up to last 50 operations 7 85 The REDO 10 button was added for moving in the UNDO buffer in the opposite direction NEW FORMATS OF IMPORT AND EXPORT 7 86 Support of import as backgroundlt1 and exportl118 drawing in the following formats EMF GIF TIFF PNG Blend color and gradient color are supported 7 87 Support of export drawing to JPG format Import of the JPG format is present in the previous versions 7 88 Possibility of savingh7 image fro
256. re is a black white mini camera with known sensitivity parameters Minimum scene illumination 0 04 Ix with lens F1 2 at signal noise ratio 10dB IRE30 Mini lens F2 0 is mounted on the camera At night the scene is poorly illuminated by the illuminator with a mercury high pressure lamp placed far from the scene Illumination measured by the luxmeter is 0 1 Ix It is required to obtain and evaluate image model from the camera Solution Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 226 VideoCAD Lite 8 10 Example 10 Measuring camera sensitivity Problem There is a camera It is necessary to measure its sensitivity The matter of measurement of sensitivity is a measurement of scene illumination with which the camera image have Signal Noise ratio 17dB To measure illumination a Luxmeter is used to measure Signal Noise ratio the Image analyzer or the Video analyzer from the CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit package can be used The Video analyzer reads out the Signal noise ratio directly from the screen The Image analyzer uses the stored frames in bmp or jpg formats In most cases the Video analyzer is more convenient for measuring signal noise ratio Equipment Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 27 8 11 Example 11 Measuring low illumin
257. re not displayed in the status bar In this case when changing a drawing the segment is attached to the projection with its initial point A cable consists of segments allowing to draw it in different projections and layouts representing an actual scheme of laying accurately When copyingla the cable segments between cameras and layouts o a process of cable drawing is accelerated considerably even in complex CCTV systems When drawing a cable the menu item Cable layingl138 might be used When choosing it a float panel of the same name appears enabling to choose a shift of segment ends for a level parallel cable drawing along the walls columns etc The type and parameters of line designating the power cable can be changed in the options box 18d VideoCAD summarizes the lengths of all the segments considers the reserves and calculates the total length of cable To change the default parameters and obtain the calculation results double click the image of any cable segment or click Power cable again A dialog box of the same name appears after that enabling to choose a cross section area of power cable to fit the requirements of camera voltage supply It is assumed that the conductor material is copper and the conductor temperature is 50 C The results of the cables calculation on each individual camera each individual section area and on the project as a whole are included into the text file obtained by Export to Textlto and Cable re
258. rea edges 83 and camera icon Camera 41 42 43 A button state at the moment of camera saving determines whether the bounds of the given camera view area projections wil be displayed when this camera is inactive If selected cameras exist on the current layout except the active camera this button changes view Cl and operates the visibility of View area projection bounds of all selected cameras simultaneously View gt Fill projections Hatch or fill by blend color view area projections of active cameral 78 if these projections exist calculated according to parameters in the Camera Geometryh5 box If the line type of cameral8t coincides with default line type for camera icons specified in Camera 30 the Options box then hatching filling projections of this camera is performed by grey color by default Camera 30 on the figure If another line type was assigned to the camera then hatching filling projections of this camera is performed by a color of this line type assigned to the camera Camera 41 42 If the Spatial resolutionf8 is enabled then colors of hatching filling projections is determined by Spatial resolution parameters Camera 43 Drop down menu Hatching hatch projections a Filling fill projections by blend semitransparent color If the Hatching item is chosen but in the drop down menu of the Spatial resolution 8 button the Gradient item is chosen then the projections wil be hatche
259. rnal link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 3 3D modeling in VideoCAD pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite 8 8 Example 8 CCTV project Inthe Examples directory you can find an example of a video surveillance system project of an administration building that was designed in VideoCAD 7 0 In this project locations and parametersh5 of cameras were chosen In the project a prepared backgroundf1 is used in the dxf format walls and objects in the cameras view areas are outlined by VideoCAD constructions There are 3D models 98 and 3D images to8 in the project You can look into each camera having activate it and opening 3D window h6 IL It is convenient to load camera by double clicking on its lens or by choosing in the Active camera s2 combo box You can display all cameras on the Monitor by clicking the Monitor windowse E button In the the demo version you can not edit the cameras When activation of any camera its lens focal lengthh5 will become 4 mm image sensor formatl53 1 3 In the full version you can edit the project and choose more suitable location and parameters of cameras External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 3 3D modeling in VideoCAD paf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 225 8 9 Example 9 Choice of camera model according to known scene illumination Problem The
260. rsor to the box wth a lens focal length the information on the lens view angles appears You can change lens focal length of all selected cameras simultaneously For this purpose e Selectls necessary cameras on the layout e Right click on this combo box then click on the Assign to selected cameras pop up item See more Lens focal lengths Camera geometry Clicking this button will open Camera Geometry box h5 This box includes geometric parameters of the camera lens and installation parameters of the camera See more Camera geometry box t50 Spatial resolution 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com s VideoCAD Lite Show or hide the Spatial resolution box t5a In this box it is possible to create and edit patterns of spatial resolution and field of view size visualization In the box there are prepared spatial resolution patterns according to the following criteria Home Office Scientific Development Branch Home Office Guidelines for identification P 78 36 008 99 Also in the box there are examples of images of group of people are automatically displayed for each region of spatial resolution See more Spatial resolution boxh5 Spatial resolution button s84 3D window Show or hide the 3D window The 3D window displays the image from the Active cameral78 During the image generation in the 3D window on the 3D window button red frame flashes B See more 3D windowed E Monitor window Show
261. rst corner of an inclined rectangle Inclined rectangle is similar to a rectanglel 93 and differs from it that in 3D windowhed it is displayed in the form of inclined rectangle The minimal height of rectangle corresponds to the lower side of this rectangle and the maximal height to the upper one In the Graphics window the upper side of inclined rectangle is displayed by thick line For modeling complex objects it is possible to edit 87 inclined rectangle by points moving its vertexes When moving separate vertexes press Ctrl Inclined rectangle can be made transparent by 70 For this purpose it is necessary to mark the Transparence checkbox on the Current construction parameter panell4 Inclined rectangle is very universal tool Using the inclined rectangles it is possible to model any 3D objects 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 14 VideoCAD Lite It can be useful to combine inclined rectangles in pairs thus to get triangles with independent vertexes in the 3D space Meanwhile two vertices of each inclined rectangle must coincide The rest two vertices of first inclined rectangle must coincide with the other two vertices of second inclined rectangle Using obtained triangles you can theoretically build any 3D surfaces although it can be not simple in practice For example all 3D models in VideoCAD consist of triangular mesh only See also Constructions button groupl 90 Co
262. ruction parameter panel delete and change the image file using buttons 2 on the Current construction parameter panel To make transparent pixels with color coincided with color of left bottom pixel check Transparence box on the Current construction parameter panel To get the transparence the image file has to be specially prepared by means of any graphic editor for example Paint Pixels that should become transparent have to be filled by color that coincides with the color of left bottom pixel See also Constructions button group 90 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 101 fa Rotakin Rotakin an animated rotating test target for visual estimation of spatial resolution and motion distortions on the 3D images In the horizontal plane the Rotakin automatically turns towards the Active camera 78 In the vertical plane the Rotakin rotates with a specified speed about an axis passing through its center in Professional version only To place the Rotakin specify a place for the Rotakin by clicking On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set minimal and maximal heights of the Rotakin Rotating test target named Rotakin is used in field testing of video surveillance systems by the techniques developed by the Home Office Scientific Development Branch Performance Testing of CCTV Perimeter Surveillance Systems Using the Rotakin Standard Test Target The Rotakin m
263. rum and infrared LED illuminators Illuminator calculation LAMP Lamp type Incandescent Tc 2850K Lal Light efficiency Im watt 12 Spectral efficiency of radiation IT CCD ExView Black white Black white Color 1 08 11 1 Day night Day night 11 112 E Edit Light flux emitted by Lamp power watt lamp In 100 X 1000 J K LUMINAIRE Lamp quantity Light flux emitted by Illuminator Im Efficiency factor 500 05 Z Omnidirectional 5 light source Projector Light intensity cd Illumination at distance Distance m I 10 Angle of radiation 120 Concentration 05 Axial light intensity ed 212 llumination lux 212 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 3D window Camera 19 ili Image Scene Camera Processing View Speed Help VideoCAD Lite e Model camera parameters spectral response number of pixels resolution minimum illumination at known signal noise ratio IRE and aperture maximum signal noise ratio electronic shutter AGC BLC gamma day night cameras frame rate interlace scan global shutter and rolling shutter qe Ce CE Co aor Fj MARINO Pot is Wie Center 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional e Model images from megapixel cameras 3 with resolution exceeds screen resolution Up to 100 megapixel and more
264. s tools 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com s VideoCAD Lite 7 1 2 Toolbar ICE lt vien r Unassigne IRMAONZ ORDRE TO J MAN 6 28 Ser o Sega See Tool bar location TA Visibility of buttons on the Tool bar can be adjusted on the Toolbarl9 tab of the Options box e Project button groups El Save projectle e Camera button group 8 a News E Save to project 8 Camera list 8 Combo box Active camera 82 e View button group 2 gt View area edges lea a View area projection boundsf 83 m Fill projections 83 T Spatial resolutions W 3D view areal ss Combo box Lens focal lengthfss Ga Camera Geometry lea Spatial resolution s I 3D windowse EE Monitor windowled mm Hide vertical projection 86 Hide horizontal projection 86 e Grid control element group 8e e Grid selected step box 86 HE ON OFF mode of automatic grid step selection se ON OFF arid displayin 871 e Edit button group s7 Stop operation 87 P Erasels7 amp Cutfs Copyfs pastels Mowels G Rotatel 90 fl Scalel 904 d Mirror on e Construction button group 90 Point on Horizontal line sf t Vertical line o A Line segmentl 921 Tl PolylinefoA 21 Angie O Rectangle s XX Inclined rectangle 94 lt Double linef EY wallfosy IB Aperture in Wallfo
265. s resolution minimum scene illumination at known signal to noise ratio IRE and aperture maximum signal to noise ratio electronic shutter AGC Back Light Compensation gamma correction 6 6 Lens parameters modeling focal length aperture Auto Iris DC and Video Drive Calculating and modeling Depth of field based on calculated aperture 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com What s new in VideoCAD 6 7 Modeling cameras switching into black and white mode in case of low illuminance day night with removable IR filter and easy day night with permanent IR filter 6 8 Enhanced modeling of DVR parameters vertical and horizontal digitization brightness contrast compression vertical and horizontal sharpness 6 9 Modeling specific distortions which are arisen as a result of mismatching output image size and number of pixels on camera s video sensor 6 10 Modeling images based on scene lens camera and DVR models Calculating and modeling signal to noise ratio and contrast 6 11 Image models at different illumination levels are tested 22 against real video cameras Very high level of coincidence has been achieved UTILITIES 6 12 Image analyzer tool allows measuring signal to noise ratio brightness and brightness amplitude of an image size and contrast of an object relative to background building histogram calculating image size at different compression levels analyzing certain lines of an image similarly
266. s switched on 6 67 Current line typehs is stored before placing 3D models cameras and illuminators and is restored after placing 6 68 In case of editing heighth4 values on the Current construction parameter panel during drawing new height value will be kept when drawing is complete Other parameters of construction located on the Current construction parameters panel are kept as well 6 69 Loaded camera icon s color is changed to red 6 70 View gt All camera cablesl1171 and View gt Loaded camera cablesh1 menu item states are not stored individually for each camera they are stored in common project settings 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com What s new in Videocad 61 INHERITED ELEMENTS 6 71 Fast scaling mode by rotating pressed mouse wheel is disabled due to inconvenience of work with certain mouse types 6 72 Title button has been removed from the Tool bar It is possible to show hide titles 1171 using the main menu item 6 73 Saving Resolution and Edit Image menu items have been removed from the Main menu Resolution can be changed in the Options box on Exportl94 tab 6 74 Measurement format by default box has been removed from the Options box hs When creating new project measurement format concurs with measurement format in the current project 6 75 Layout combo box has been removed from the New cameralet box The layout of creating camera always concurs with the current layout 6 76
267. s calibration 227 lens focal length 80 81 152 153 171 214 219 220 221 224 lens focal plane 107 lens format 153 lens manual 153 Lens panel 225 Licence plate and test chart antialiasing 192 license plate in the 3D window 192 License plate of cars 107 license plate reading 221 License plate reading area 80 81 105 107 219 License plate reading area projections 186 License plate reading area size box 73 license plate reading areas 224 LIDC 81 Light flux emitted by lamp Im 232 Light intensity curve 232 Light intensity curve with lamp with full light flux of 1000 lumen 232 light intensity curves 235 236 Light intensity distribution curve 81 107 232 light reflected from the environment 235 light sensitivity 224 lighting 259 Lighting intensity level 153 line color at printing 186 line color on the screen 186 line design 186 Line segment 80 81 105 107 246 line type 186 208 214 246 Line type name box 144 Line type number box 144 Line type panel 74 148 144 185 line types 75 144 185 line types as cables 208 line types for displaying the system objects 186 line width at printing 186 line width on the screen 186 linear parameters 150 Lines 107 186 lines of double thickness 75 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com live image 153 live monitoring 153 Live Video Analyzer 73 105 107 227 234 236 Illumination without filter 227 Load 181 228 Load background Lo
268. s not taken into consideration Together with view area upper bound distancel154 it completely determines a camera tilt angle and all calculated parameters through it E Height of calculating Spatial resolution If in the Heighthe box of the Spatial resolution box AUTO is chosen then calculation of spatial resolution in the horizontal projection is carried out at the middle height between the heights of the view area lower bound and the view area upper bound View area lower bound height The height of view area lower bound can be chosen from the list or typed In the horizontal projection of the calculated view area the space below the lower bound height is not taken into consideration The height of view area lower bound influences the following calculated parameters View area lower bound distanceh5 View area lower bound widthf15 E Height of calculating Spatial resolution If in the Heighthe box of the Spatial resolution box AUTO is chosen then calculation of spatial resolution in the horizontal projection is carried out at the middle height between the heights of the view area lower bound and the view area upper bound View area upper bound distance When a camera is located above the view area upper bound a view area upper bound distance is the maximal distance of surveillance The view area upper bound distance is chosen from the list or typed The view areas are calculated up to this distance Together with the height o
269. s of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part Camera view area pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD z9 8 4 Example 4 Calculation of camera view area parameters Problem It is required to calculate a horizontal projection of view area in a height range of 0 5 2 m and projections of person detection and identification areas to a camera with 1 4 image sensor and lens of 12 mm focal length The camera is installed at 3 5 m height above the ground View area far bound is to be 10 m away from the camera location The camera is designed to detect a person It is required to determine identification capacity The lighting is adequate camera resolution is high and a digital system of high resolution is used for displaying and recording Compression level is minimal The solution by calculating Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 220 VideoCAD Lite 8 5 Example 5 Calculation of cameras parameters and choice of their relative locations Problem It is required to monitor a wall of building at a level of ground floor windows e Wall length 60 m e Height of windowsills 1 m e Height of windows 2 m The minimal height to install cameras under the requirements of vandalism guard 3 5 m Person detection by the digital video motion detector for the wall space is required The video mo
270. s on one cell For example if monitor s dimension is 2x2 4 cells are simultaneously displayed If cells 5 6 7 8 are displayed as a result of clicking the Previous cell button cells 4 5 6 7 will be displayed and by clicking the Next cell button cells 6 7 8 9 wil be displayed Edit If this button is pressed the monitor editing tools become available Monitor dimension 17 Monitor diagonalli7 Screen Acpect Ratio r7 Stretch another aspect ratio images 1178 Analog monitorl7 amp Monitor resolution 178 Monitor gt Clearhs Monitor gt Renameltad Clear cellfiah Opportunity of cameras connection to the monitorhs Opportunity of moving and copying cells ah If this button is not pressed monitor s editing is locked for protection against accidental change of the monitor 5x5 Monitor dimension In the combo box it is possible to choose quantity of simultaneously displayed cells on the current monitor 2x2 corresponds to 4 cells 3x3 to 9 cells etc One image can occupy 1 4 9 or 16 side by side located cells Changing value in the box is possible only in Edit modeh7 of the monitor lis Monitor diagonal In the combo box it is possible to choose physical size of the screen of the current monitor The size is set by diagonal in inches Value N A corresponds to the size which is not set If the physical size is set possibility to change the sizes of Monitor window by the mouse is locked
271. s pressed and held down when editing rectanglel 9 mask 98 inclined rectanglel94 filling 98 or 3D imagelto by moving pink grips then one point move only If Ctrl is not pressed when editing these objects then several points will move at a time the editing object remain square If Ctrl is pressed when editing a double linef94 wall 95 aperture in wall 9e then only one line will be moved If Ctrl was not pressed when editing these objects the whole double line wall aperture will be moved e f Ctrl is not pressed at changing the common scale then the scale changes roughly which is convenient at navigation If Ctrl is pressed the scale changes with the less step which is convenient for the precise drawing positioning before printing or saving Customizable shortcuts 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 14 Customizable shortcuts are seen in the Main menuhos of the Graphics window during the program operation These shortcuts can be changed on the Keyboardho tab in the Options box Shortcuts can be assigned to any item of the Main menu of the Graphics window 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 7 2 VideoCAD Lite Camera Geometry Camera Geometry box includes geometric parameters of active camera 78 lens and installation parameters of the camera 254 143 J05 vV Projection Camera geometry Camera 34 2 Quality 1
272. s the export is usually executed with resolution different form the screen resolution it is necessary to adjust the size of nonscalable objects In case of nonscalable objects become too small or too big in the exporting file Sizes unit Camera icon unit In the boxes you can specify sizes of camera nonscalable icons in AutoCAD units 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 196 VideoCAD Lite See also Scaleho Sizes unit Nonscalable fonts Hatch and dash lines In the boxes you can specify scale factors for Nonscalable fonts Hatch and dash lines Export to BMP WMF EMF GIF TIF PNG JPG Scale factor Unlike Export to DXF the scale is not related to drawing size in meter or foot it is related to screen size only Common scale Common scale of exporting drawing relatively layout size on the screen Camera icon Nonscaleable fonts In the boxes you can specify scale factors of nonscalable Camera icon Nonscaleable fonts See also Scaleho 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 197 7 6 7 Toolbar Graphics window Options Main menu __ Lines Fonts Camera and Illuminator eyboard 3D modeling V lew Export Other Tool bar Opt i ons Invisible buttons Visible buttons Tool bar Save to project E Save project New S Camera list Table of Cameras a CA Loaded camera ie View area edges Oo View area projections bound Fill proje
273. s the start point of a line segment Second clicking specifies the end point of the line segment The status barl144 displays the segments length and its projection to distance and height Both clicks are to be made in the same projection If the projections are different the measured values are incorrect therefore when constructing a segment with its ends in different projections the values are not displayed in the status bar In this case when changing a drawing the segment is attached to the projection with its initial point 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite In the 3D windowlt 9 a vertical rectangle will be displayed at the segment place Default minimal and maximal heights of the rectangle are determined by the line typelts which constructs the line segment The heights can be set separately for each line segment by means of current construction parameters panel 1148 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the line segment in numeric values Color of the rectangle is determined only by line typels l which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the segment coordinates of the first and second points length angle A segment can be also used to measure distances on layouts wthout clicking for the second time in this case Line segments can be used for modeling cables wth subsequent cable length cal
274. second point radius angle See also Constructions button group 90 Arc When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal751 specifies the center of an arc Second and third clicking specify its ends To switch the arc into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on either of its two ends In the 3D windowlt6 the arc stretches creating a cylindrical surface Default minimal and maximal heights of the cylindrical surface are determined by the line typehs which constructs the arc The heights can be set separately for each arc by means of current construction parameters panellt4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the arc in numeric values Color of the arc is determined only by line typels which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the arc coordinates of the center first and second points radius angle See also Constructions button group 90 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com ss VideoCAD Lite T Text When this button is pressed clicking on the graphics areal7s specifies the place for a text string At this point a pop up frame with cursor will appear The necessary text is to be entered within a frame To separate the lines use Enter The font type panel t4 appears below in the graphics area allowing to change the font typelts A pop
275. snesnesaesaesaesaesaeseneseesaesaasesaesensnuaneas 148 2 Camera Geometry ere rrellenriesens conan cesteccueceveeatecivecauceereeauendteceusesteeanveseieeuss 150 Param eter liSt cssccssscsssseessssrsesssserssssesersssersenaeseraesenseneesenaeseesenaeseeaeneesenaeseeseneesenaeaeeaesaestsaesensesassteassersteassetates 152 PAN AM ClO 6S A E E te cee Ses EE mere enfin E te caus ns l ent ten ess E es TE TA TA 153 Special Sensor SIZE mm nanannunnnnnnannannnnneunennennennennannanannanennennennennennennanenneanennenensennennannnnnanannanee 157 3 Spatial resolution a ntm den met e en ne ee dents tenu de es AENA ANE 158 Tools OO a aaa ede eel a deg en den nn non traders 160 Work with the Spatial resolution DOX ii niinirnnrrannnnnrnnenenanresneeneeneeneeneenenneanenennnee 166 4 3D WInNdOW ir id narredenaren Devens een dovan vue rene none ni ee de ses du uen tuner ie aaaea g rer des 169 Mai MENU Ee E EE A A A E A CE ER a ee Rs 171 Err rs in3DWiINdoW AREE E T A dates T T A T EA sacs casssGbeceteczeenseaces 174 5 Monitor Wid O aa ear aaa a a aaa eaaa a aa a aana aaaea aana aaa a aaa agit eue eue 175 Tool Har OT a RER aa D DS AR a a aa ei tek dane ae 176 Main Men 22222288 aea aene mange on de Ta aa ees OEE ae a ea a a ace he dit de 179 POP UP MENU Reen aE SE E EE EE E 181 Work with iMOnitOns aisya eira aai aada acetate ect aaa ta nee aaae a i daar a aaaeaii E ai 183 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com l VideoCAD Li
276. spatial resolution inside them sssssssneeennseneennss 240 23 Example 23 Choosing install location for PTZ camera 242 24 Example 24 Simulating distortions of moving objects arising from Exposure time Interlace scan and Rolling shutter 243 25 Example 25 Calculating lengths of cables and getting Cable FO POM Sion area dadewntdecsewsaacwedeaad T E E 246 26 Example 26 Checking Depth of Field in horizontal projection 248 27 Example 27 Measuring exposure time of IP camera 249 28 Example 28 Measuring rolling shutter row time of IP camera 252 29 Example 29 Import of 3D models from Google SketchUp and Autodesk 34SMaXx 255 05 nn a Gene dun drame merde tin es de DEA AAEN NEAR EERROR 255 30 Example 30 Teaching materials ssssssnseenseeneensennennns 256 Part IX Recommendations on the program use 259 Part X Ordering and contacting 263 1 Contacting CCTVCAD Software ssssnnsnnennennnnennnennnennnennnneneennnneenennnnenennns 264 2 Order and registration ccccccceeeseeeceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeess 265 Part XI USB dongle 271 1 Dongle models 1 5225500 nets edd cee fanion ee conr te SANAAA DEN gen EAA ion ee te ren ten een ec ee este 272 2 Operating instructions for USB dongles ss snnnnnnnes 273 Index 275 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional
277. specification in this box It is assumed that the lens format equal to or larger than the camera image sensor format is used 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 154 VideoCAD Lite The lens focal length influences all the calculated parameters When moving the cursor to the lens focal length box the information on lens view angles appears If in lens specification there are view angles which are different from standard ones you can choose focal length value in order to get view angles that are close to the angles in the specification It is possible to specify special sensor size To do this open Special sensor size box 15 by clicking Special sensor size button In this box you can specify any image sensor size using specification values of view angles Often wide angle lenses have larger view angles than the standard ones because of optical distortion on the image edges Focal length can be chosen from the list or typed into this box or duplicate boxes on the Tool bar 85 of the Graphics window and on the 3D windowl74 It is convenient to change lens focal length of active camera on layout in the Select Editls7 mode by moving grips at the corners of view area projection Aspect ratio You can choose Aspect ratio ratio of the horizontal image size to the vertical size 4 3 or 16 9 All analog cameras with standard video signal have 4 3 Aspect ratio Some IP cameras have 16 9 Aspect ratio wide screen im
278. sts the exposure time shutter speed depending on the illumination on the image sensor The more light is the less exposure time is set But from a certain threshold light AESC sets the maximum exposure time and further reducing light doesn t increase the exposure time Knowing the maximum exposure time and the threshold illumination is very useful in designing CCTV systems VideoCAD7 offers a tool for modeling blur of moving objects in dependence of the exposure time But to use this tool you need to know the exposure time Knowing the maximum exposure time is also needed correct interpretation of results of measuring sensitivity and sensitivity values in the camera specification With a minimum illumination the camera sets the maximum exposure time Unless otherwise indicated the sensitivity value in the camera specification can be achieved at the maximum exposure time The maximum exposure time of standard analog cameras without light accumulation is 20ms for PAL and 16 5 ms for NTSC IP cameras and analog cameras with accumulation of light can use exposure time up to 200ms and more With latent increasing the maximum exposure time many manufacturers increase the certified sensitivity of their cameras Many cameras allow to modify the maximum exposure time switching the night supersensitive modes etc But these settings don t report the real value of the exposure time If the camera has several night modes for their proper use it is n
279. t box in which camera list of current project is displayed Active camera 74 is highlighted by red frame Any camera can be activated removed renamed found on layouts it is possible to show 3D image from any camera It is also possible to sort cameras in the list For carrying out any manipulations with the camera first select its name in the list by single clicking See more Camera listlo Active camera combo box Using the combo box you can fast activate any camera in the project To activate a camera just choose its name in the list To find the active camera on the layout right click on the combo box then choose Find camera item View button group gt View area edges Show the Active cameral78 view area edges calculated according to parameters hs in the Camera Geometry box Line type can be changed in the options boxfs If the line type of cameral8t coincides with default line type for camera icons specified in the Options box then for this camera the line type of View area edges is taken from the Options box gt Lines gt System line types gt Bounds 188 This line type is assigned to new cameras by default Camera 30 on the figure Camera 41 If another line type was assigned to the camera the View area edges of this camera is drawn by this line type assigned to the camera as well as the View area projection bounds 83 and camera icon Camera 41 42 43 Camera 43 CK Thus you can draw
280. t is when light is less than 50lux the testing IP camera wth 2 megapixel 1 3 CMOS sensor began to use the maximum exposure time 8 Save and view a frame in which a segment of the maximum length gets wholly If you can not get such frame increase the oscilloscope sweep to 100ms div The length of the segment in the frame in the scale of oscilloscope screen equals to the camera s exposure time 50 ms diy 50 ms diy exposure time 100ms exposure time 300ms 9 If necessary by the method described above you can take a function of the exposure time in dependance of the light See also Image parameter panel gt Camera gt Exposure External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 5 Video surveillance of moving objects pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 252 VideoCAD Lite 8 28 Example 28 Measuring rolling shutter row time of IP camera As a result of Rolling Shutter work exposure of different rows of the image sensor begins and ends sequentially at different times which causes a horizontal shift of moving objects This effect occurs with many IP cameras with CMOS image sensor and usually doesn t occur with cameras with CCD image sensor An important parameter of the rolling shutter is the Row time the difference in time between the beginning exposure of neighboring rows The less the row time is the smaller the camera distorts moving objects Unfortunately this parameter is not giv
281. t loss of 10 could be difficult Image pixel beating and chart lines beating as well as image digitization hinder from it This problem refers equally to all ways of resolution measurement Using CCTVCAD Lab Toolkit we can measure resolution of separate colors 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http ww cctvcad com 230 VideoCAD Lite 8 13 Example 13 Measuring maximum scene illumination for a camera Problem There is a camera It is required to measure maximum scene illumination at which this camera produces image without brightness limitation Equipment e Luxmeter a device for measuring illumination Almost any kind of such a device with standard CIE spectral response will suit e Monitor e Projector with tungsten halogen lamp 220V 1000W or more Such projector can create illumination up to 150000 x what exceeds illumination in bright sunny day on mid latitudes 100000 1200001x Work carefully with the projector There is danger of overheating and inflammation of fire hazardous materials next to the projector e Lens with F1 2 aperture parameters of which are reliable focal length is 4 8mm If the camera allows to mount only mini lenses M12 the mini lens wth a known aperture F2 0 is needed e A sheet of crumpled white paper e Stand It is recommended for convenience and accuracy Order of work 1 Switch off all additional options of image processing Only AESC and AGC should be switched on
282. tation quickly by pressing the Space bar For modeling complex apertures it is possible to edit 87 the Apertures by points moving its vertexes When moving separate vertexes press Ctrl You can create complex apertures using several intersecting apertures See also Wallif95 Constructions button group 90 Constructions gt Circle When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal 751 specifies the center of a circle Second clicking completes the circle construction The status barh4 displays the information on the sizes and location of the circle To switch the circle into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on the point on its radius that appears during the process of construction 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software htto www cctvcad com Interface 127 In the 3D windowlt6 a cylinder will be displayed in the circle place Default minimal and maximal heights of the cylinder are determined by the line typelts which constructs the circle The heights can be set separately for each circle by means of current construction parameters panelli48 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the circle in numeric values Color of the cylinder is determined only by line typehs which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the circle coordinates of the center and second point radius angle See als
283. te B OPIOID EAA AN EEA AA A ATE Lines Fonts Keyboard 3D modeling CAIN ra ICOM ea r r E a ea r A aTe na EAA a p E a aa etat es cer aa Tren eds en a Ea u een eines 194 Export Tool bar Mis Ce llame o S siccsces scien eee PP PR EEE EE 198 7 Gamera Tistori eeii aa A AAA AR AENA NTAS ARRAI AAAA aAA 200 8 Numerate CAMeras cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeenenseesseess 202 CS EE NT LT CREER aa a EE ANEA E AE 204 10 Signal cable length calculation box ss ssssssnneereennneeeeennnse 205 11 Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation box 206 12 Length calculation of line segments ss ssssssnsnennneeneennnse 208 Part VIII Examples of work with VideoCAD 213 Example 1 Choice of camera installation height and parameters 214 2 Example 2 Choice of cameras quantity and location 216 3 Example 3 Choice of cameras quantity and location on the Ce Lie La UBLE NT LT PPRRRPRR lect ces aa a RES Re 218 4 Example 4 Calculation of camera view area parameters 219 5 Example 5 Calculation of cameras parameters and choice of their relative locations sssssssssssresssseeneensseeneenssenneeeneeeennns 220 6 Example 6 Determining person identification criteria by a real anete e PRE PRE RS EREREOERC PERS EE DEP PEE CE D ELLES EPL TEE EE CE EEE ust daucfonsncveGudedaucdssecsesuSensesdduaueadduoadeaenus 221 Example 7 CCTV design using Monitor window and PTZH frame 222 8 Exam
284. te or used as instruction for installation 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Professional 7 e Copy the Camera list with most important parameters 208 to MS Excel MS Word and other software Project 1 Camera list Number Name Model Layout focal length mage size Cameraicon 8 Camera 8 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 576 EH outdoor fixed 9 Camera 9 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 576 10 Camera 10 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 576 11 Camera 11 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 Camera 12 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 16 Description Camera 13 Camera 14 TK C925E 16mm Layout 1 wa x Cancel Q Find NE Show 3D Delete pe Table of Cameras Help e Get detailed adjustable table of all initial and calculated parameters of cameras in project Print the table or export it to txt csv rtf xls htm formats Table of cameras Number Layout Description Type Producer Key Feature Fixed PTZ Model Forme Dome Mini Output Color TV system Camera 1 Layout 1 KPC 5230C KT amp C CCIR PAL mini VHS color HAD CCD 11 3 Camera 2 Layout 1 KPC S230C KTC CCIR PAL mini VHS color HAD CCD 1 3 Camera 3 Layout 1 KPC S230C KTC CCIR PAL mini VHS color HAD CCD 1 3 Camera 4 Layout 1 TK C925E 4mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night IT CCD 143 Camera 5 Layout 1 TK C925E 12mm JVC screen menu CCIR PAL fixed VHS day night I
285. ters are input and output in degrees When an incorrect value is entered the box turns red When an incorrect value ratio is ensued from the input all boxes with the values of mutually incorrect ratio turn red If the calculation with incorrect values is still possible and has sense the program nevertheless performs it In this case check the results carefully You can see the source of mistake in the graphics window 74 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 151 e If the image of view area changes radically with new values the image in the Camera Geometry box changes correspondingly thus the arrangement of parameter boxes are changed too Watch carefully the image changed since with the image alteration the parameter boxes might interchange their positions See also Parameters in the Camera Geometry boxh5 External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part Camera view area pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 152 VideoCAD Lite 7 2 1 Parameter list Camera parameters Image sensor formath5 Lens focal lengthlis3 Aspect Ratiohs Special sensor sizehs Camera installation parameters Height of installations Camera tilt angleh5 View area limitations View area upper bound heighth5 View area lower bound heighths View area upper bound distanceli5 View area lower bound distancel5 View area lengthf5 Width of view area upper boundf5
286. ters of constructions 146 parameters of the camera 171 parameters of the scene 171 Paste 80 81 105 107 220 Pattern 160 Pattern criterion 160 166 PC based video capture system 226 234 236 286 VideoCAD Lite peak to peak amplitude 228 percentage 150 Performance Testing of CCTV Perimeter Surveillance Systems Using the Rotakin Standard Test Target 107 person detection 216 220 221 Person detection area 80 81 105 107 219 Person detection area projections 186 Person detection area size box 73 Person detection area person identification area license plate reading area 256 person detection areas 224 Person identification 216 Person identification area 80 81 105 107 219 Person identification area projections 186 Person identification area size box 73 person identification areas 224 Physical diagonal of the Monitor window 198 Picture in Picture 237 PIN HOLE lens 259 pink color 75 pink grips 75 PiP 237 243 Pixel for object 160 Pixel per meter 160 Placement of images 183 Plane at the hyperfocal distance 186 Plate height 192 Plate width 192 plus and minus keys 148 plus on the digital keypad 148 PNG 195 Point 80 81 105 107 point of origin 75 Points 107 Polyline 80 81 105 107 246 pop up hint 73 pop up list 150 Pop up panels 143 Positions 107 Possible problems 273 power cable 80 81 105 107 186 206 246 Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation box 73
287. th CAD interface Locate cameras and cables on the prepared layoutsh1 in bmp jpg emf wmf png gif tif AutoCAD dxf dwg formats To import dwg and dxf files the CAD Import module by CAD Soft Tools hitp www cadsofttools com was used Obtain a drawingl11 containing two projections of site layout with the camera images calculated view areas and cables and with coordinate grid and titles to be used in graphical path of the project as well Printh1 the obtained drawing on one or several pages You can use prepared frames with standard title Block and logo Exportl14 the obtained drawing into any of the following formats bmp jpg emf wmf png gif tif AutoCAD dxf R14 dxf R2000 Flexible adjustments h93 of export parameters Obtain a text filelo with full description of all cameras in project view areas and cables to be pasted into a project explanatory note or used as instruction for installation Copy the Camera list with most important parameters 208 to MS Excel MS Word and other software Construct three dimensional models 69 of real scenes with the possibility of loading prepared 3D modelsh2 a person a car etc You can add your own 3D models from 3ds max and Google Sketchup ks54 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 18 VideoCAD Lite Design operator interface using the Monitor windowh7 l Calculate the lengthk4 and electric parameters o
288. th of field exposure time and rolling shutter 7 117 In the Sensitivity and resolution box a new camera parameter Exposure time at measuring sensitivity was added 7 118 In the exporting text filel107 for each camera the following information was added Horizontal angle of camera Coordinate X Coordinate Y Model Producer and Cost 7 119 In the Camera list 2o box new parameters were added lens focal length and vertical number of pixel Now you can copy the camera list to the Windows clipboard to paste in MS Excel MS Word and other software 7 120 Help system was considerable improved a lot of pictures were added 7 121 Examples of work with VideoCADIe14 in the Help were updated according to the new features Several new examples were added 7 122 Program was adapted for modern wide screen monitors with high resolution 7 123 Program was tested under Windows 7 Detected incompatibilities are eliminated RULES OF UPGRADE 7 124 The Rules of upgrade from previous VideoCAD versions to VideoCAD7 e For the customers who have purchased VideoCAD6 or upgraded to VideoCAD6 after 01 January 2011 upgrade cost makes a difference between cost of VideoCAD7 and VideoCAD6 e For the customers who have purchased VideoCAD6 or upgraded to VideoCAD6 before 01 January 2011 updating cost makes half of the VideoCAD7 cost e For the customers who has VideoCAD3 VideoCAD5 and didn t upgrade to VideoCAD6 updating cost makes 3 4 of VideoCAD7 cost Upgrade
289. the Windows graphics applications It is necessary for 3D modelling to place objects only in the horizontal projection Color of the objects is specified in the line typeli88 by means of which the object is drawn Heights of the objects can be specified on the Current construction parameter panelh4 during drawing constructions For example to model a grey wall it is necessary to use lines wth the minimum height 0 m and maximum 3 m the height of the wall to model a door draw a rectangle using a line with the heights 0 2 m to model a table surface draw a rectangle in the height range 0 73 0 75 m etc Windows and door apertures can be cut through walls made by the Walll95 tool with the help of the Aperture in Walll9 tool Or model walls by several constructions under aperture on each side of aperture above aperture It is possible to put 3D models h2A of people in some places 3 Create the essential quantity of cameras using the copyingls9 BB and pastels ff 4 By changing camera disposition in the graphics window and lenses focal lengths 85 we obtain the best location See Example 1214 5 In the 3D windowlie we can see 3D models of camera images 6 Choose Filling in the drop down menu of the Fill projection 8s button on the Tool bar View area projection will be filled by blend color The color of filling is determined by the line typel 8 of the camera 7 Choose Discrete color M in the drop down menu of t
290. the tested by us IP camera the frame reading time wasnt changed when changing the frame size from 640 480 to 1600 1200 and was about 70ms Thus the row time was from 58 to 146 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite microseconds depending on the number of rows in the frame Perhaps the opposite situation when the rowtime is stable but the frame reading time depends on the number of rows in the frame See also Image parameter panel gt Camera gt Reolling shutter External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 5 Video surveillance of moving objects pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 255 8 29 Example 29 Import of 3D models from Google SketchUp and Autodesk 3dsMax VideoCAD has an opportunity of 3D modeling video surveillance scenes using constructions and 3D models 98 distributed with the program The distribution kit of VideoCAD includes several most relevant 3D models for CCTV design Though the standard package tends to be enough for accomplishing most of tasks there may appear a need for library supplement Any 3D models and scenes which can be opened in Google SketchUp or Autodesk 3ds Max can be added to the VideoCAD library For exporting 3D models to VideoCAD the Free Google SketchUp version is suitable http sketchup google com Lots of 3D models can be downloaded from Internet for free http sketchup google
291. ties there is new item Shadowha If the item is checked then all constructions made by this line type are considered as obstacles at calculating shadows 7 16 On the Current construction parameter panel when a 3D model is editing there is additional checkbox Shadowl4 If the checkbox is checked then the 3D model is considered as an obstacle at calculating shadows Shadows a new powerful yet easy to use tool of VideoCAD 7 Shadows are calculated for all positions of cameras shading objects can be located at any point of space You should only enable calculation of shadows COLORS FILLING AND HATCHING OF VIEW AREA PROJECTIONS 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 4 VideoCAD Lite 7 17 View area projection of different cameras can have different colorlss according to Camera 30 parameters of line type of these cameras in case of disabled spatial resolution 84 visualization 7 18 View area projection can be semitransparent The Fill projection 83 button and corresponding item of the main menu have a drop down list in which it is possible to choose blend filling or hatching view area projection VISUALIZATION OF SPATIAL RESOLUTION AND FIELD OF VIEW SIZE 7 19 Camera view area can be divided into regions 84 filled by different color and or type of hatching Regions can differ depending on the following criteria spatial resolution pixels meters pixels foot vertical field of vew siz
292. tion resolution minimum illumination at known signal noise ratio IRE and aperture maximum signal noise ratio electronic shutter AGC BLC gamma day night cameras frame rate interlace global shutter and rolling shutter aor meu Se ey 2 SSS SIM m F2 Center 048 Model images from megapixel cameras 23 with resolution exceeds screen resolution Up to 100 megapixel and more 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite 3D window Image Scene Camera Processing View Speed Help Screen resolution ls LA Real image A 1 resolution e Calculate and model depth of field of each camera in project Depth of field Camera 34 Bounding resolution Aperture TYL Height m 1 2 1538 Auto Iris lens Insert in report Selected cameras Resolution TYL e Model DVR parameters brightness contrast compression horizontal and vertical sharpness e Obtain Image Modelle for each camera in the project based on models of scene and equipment This image can be printed and saved 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Lite 25 e Model moving objects s1 camera frame ratebs create animated images with moving 3D models E SA aa RSS rates RSS Ses o o pO OX ses es 2 LS
293. tion concerns to the cell Clicking this item deletes the image from the cell Show in 3D windowlts Updatelish Activateliah Find on layouts he Clear cella Show in 3D window Show the image in this cell in 3D windowlt6 The same result will be obtained by double click the cell It is convenient in 3D window check the item of Main menu gt View gt PTZH frameh7 and visually adjust cameras positions It is also possible to model parameters of the image and conditions of surveillance Thus it is possible to project video surveillance system working only with images All necessary changes on the layout will be automatically carried out After changing the camera s parameters click the Updatelts item Update Update the image from the camera connected to this cell Monitor window does not generate 3D images itself and uses ready images which are created in 3D windowlt6 and are stored in the memory that allows to work simultaneously with a big quantity of 3D images wthout program s speed decreasing As a result of clicking this item for some time 3D window will appear In this window the image from the camera will be modeled The image will be modeled according to saved parameters of the cameras To update the images on the monitor use the Updateh7 button on the Tool bar Activate Activatel77 the camera connected to this cell Find on layouts Find on layouts and select the camera connected to this cell Clear cel
294. tion detector can detect an object with no less than 5x5 pixel size An entrance is situated within a 20 m distance from the wall edge It is required to identify all people coming in and out of the building A busy highway is situated within a 10 m distance from the wall It is required to minimise the highway hitting in the camera view areas The lighting is adequate and at night luminaires are used The high resolution cameras are used with 1 3 image sensor 752x582 effective pixels A digital system of the high resolution with the full frame input is used for displaying and recording Output image size is 768x576 pixels The compression level is minimal The image is color Real horizontal resolution is 350 TV lines Solution Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Examples of work with VideoCAD 221 8 6 Example 6 Determining person identification criteria by a real image Please see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 222 VideoCAD Lite 8 7 Example 7 CCTV design using Monitor window and PTZH frame The Monitor windowl741 and the new tool in the 3D windowl6 PTZH framel74 allow to project video surveillance system by a new method working directly with images from video cameras This method can be very convenient Order of work 1 Createlio the proje
295. tool using line type with the required maximum height place the 3D model on it and then change 3D model line type to the line type of the surface On the Current construction parameters panel you can resize 3D models separately on axes To do this enter new values into X Y Z boxes during 3D model editing If the box is marked change of any size leads to proportional change of other sizes thus model proportions are not broken 3D model height above the ground is displayed and can be changed in 3D H box E License plate of cars Let s consider 3D models cars with license plates License plate type the same for all car models is determined by the file number bmp file in the directory Models and the plate size by the corresponding settings in the Options box on the 3D modeling 9 tab This opportunity allows using the same models in different countries with different license plates To make cars appear in the 3D window with the license plate of your country e create a bmp file with the image of you license plate The size of file sides in pixels must be equal to powers of two 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 e replace the file number bmp by your file e specify the sizes of your license plate in the Options box 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 100 VideoCAD Lite Adding new 3D models to the library 3D model files themselves are in the folder Models in the VideoCAD installatio
296. tor calculation LAMP Lamp type Incandescent Tc 2850K Light efficiency Im watt 12 Spectral efficiency of radiation IT CCD ExView Black white Black white Color 1 08 11 1 Day night Day night 11 112 E Edit Light flux emitted by lamp Im 1000 Lamp power watt 100 Af OK LUMINAIRE Lamp quantity Efficiency factor 05 X Light flux emitted by Illuminator Im 500 gt Omnidirectional light source Light intensity cd Projector Angle of radiation 120 Concentration 0 5 Axial light intensity fcdl 212 Illumination at distance Distance m 10 Illumination lux 212 lole 3D window Camera 19 x Image Scene Processing View Speed Help 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter e Model camera parameters spectral response number of pixels including megapixel cameras 23 with resolution exceeds screen resolution resolution minimum illumination at known signal noise ratio IRE and aperture maximum signal noise ratio electronic shutter AGC BLC gamma day night cameras frame rate interlace global shutter and rolling shutter aor meu Se ey 2 SSS SIM m F2 Center 048 Model images from megapixel cameras 23 with resolution exceeds screen resolution Up to 100 megapixel and more 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Soft
297. torted redrawing the image is too long or there are other artifacts see Errors in 3D window17 See also 3D window main menuh7 _ 3D modell 98 3D imageho Errors in 3D windowt74 External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part 3 3D modeling in VideoCAD paf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 171 Main menu 3D window Camera 46 Image pe Camera Processing View sa Image Save as bmp jog aif tif ong h7 Printer setuph7 Printh7 Processing Compressionhi7 Resolutionh7 View Titleh7 PTZH frameh7 Backgroundh7 Test chath7 Help Image gt Save as bmp jpg gif tif png Save the static image in the 3D window in any format from the following bmp jpg gif tif png Image gt Printer setup Choosing this item opens a standard dialog box of current printer setup in Windows Image gt Print Print image in the 3D window Processing gt Compression The item opens a submenu in which the image compression level can be chosen Compression levels may differ from the compression levels in the settings of different DVR or IP cameras To determine a correspondence use the visual image comparison Obtained image compress by the JPEG algorithm for approximating the image in the 3D window to the real image from video cameras to exactly estimation the possibilities of detection identification and reading Us
298. ts have been removed Additionally this box allows to change aspect ratiol154 image sensor sizes 157 and view angles 6 38 Modeling 16 9h7 format monitors Switching day nighth7 illumination modes on the Monitor window 6 39 Tab quantity in the Options boxhs4 has been increased 6 40 Model column has been added to the table in the Camera list 2o box Column width can be adjusted by the mouse Icon box and Table of camera models button have been added to the Cameras list box 6 41 Appropriate camera is loaded by double clicking on the Camera listlz08 box To rename camera use appropriate pop up menu item 6 42 Camera type box has been added to the New cameral st box When creating new camera line type can be chosen for it s icon on the Line type panel 144 REPORTS AS A TABLE 6 43 Interactive adjustable table reports including any camera parameter sets Various types of tables can be formed by hiding unnecessary columns Tables support sorting and filtering Automatic calculation of sums of power consumption cable lengths and prices Ability of printing tables and their parts importing and exporting into Excel Word txt csv htm Convenient editing parameters by double clicking on any cell TOOLS 6 44 A New Tool for automatic name generationbo and camera serial numeration on layouts Various numeration templates and rules 6 45 A New Tool for counting length sumbo of line segments of specified line type Thus any l
299. ttons of the tool bar80 however there are certain advanced tools Keyboard shortcuts ho h4 can be assigned to each menu item Project gt New Create new project A project may contain unlimited number of cameras and up to 10 layouts h In the New project dialog box type the new project name You can change the format of measurements in new project when necessary Metric meters millimetres or Imperial feet inches Project gt Open Open earlier saved project Choose a project file If the current project was not saved VideoCAD offers to save it Project gt Save Save project to a file If a project is saved for the first time the dialog box Save as appears enabling to change a project filename and a saving directory when needed Project gt Save as Save project to a file under another name or in another directory In the appearing dialog box choose a filename and a directory to save it The project includes all information on the program settings line types fonts etc Project gt Export to Text Export the data on most of the specified and calculated parameters of cameras and cables included into the current project to a text file Enter a filename A default filename coincides with the project name When clicking OK the text document obtained is automatically loaded into a text editor for viewing and editing You can copy and paste the text obtained into a project explanatory note All pa
300. tvcad com VideoCAD Lite lf Ctrl is pressed when editing a rectangle or a mask then one point will move only When editing the Double linel 94 or Wallfss the whole Double line or Wall will be moved If Ctrl is pressed when editing the double line or wall only one line will be moved When clicking the textl98 twice the pop up frame appears allowing to edit text in it When clicking the right mouse button the pop up menu of text editing appears in the frame It is possible to change object s parameters in editing state on the current construction parameters panell4 which automatically appears in the bottom of graphics window You can edit the object by changing parameters on the panel E Active camera Pay attention that the icon of one of cameras is highlighted in red and icons of other cameras are colorless One of cameras is always active The active camera parameters are displayed in the Camera Geometry boxhs Spatial resolutionh s The active camera itself is displayed on the foreground in the Graphics window In the 3D windowlt6 there is an image from the active camera To switch camera to active state double click on the center of its lens You can fast activate any camera in the project using the Active cameral 82 combo box on the Tool bar To activate a camera just choose its name in the list To find the active camera on the layout right click on the combo box then choose Find camera item The
301. ty of the displayed 3D models lf errors are visible on the image in the 3D window or the computer buzzes at the 3D window displaying first of all update the graphics card driver to the latest version accessible on the manufacturer website The drivers which are used in Windows by default as a rule do not support hardware acceleration Then try to change Hardware acceleration in the Display Properties box S How to change the Hardware acceleration in Windows XP Click by right mouse button on free area in the desktop In the pop up menu choose Properties Choose Setting tab Click Advanced button Choose Troubleshoot tab Drag to the left the Hardware acceleration slider Click OK and then click OK again Restart the computer when you are prompted to do so Check the Image in the 3D window at different positions of the Hardware acceleration slider Then try to reduce Model space on the 3D modelingho tab in the Options box If failures or distortions remain a more high end graphics card is necessary for 3D modeling For the best quality it is necessary to use a graphics card wth OpenGL hardware support Redraw speed of the image depends also on number and complexity of displayed 3D models and the size of opened 3D window If the image is redrawn too slowly and that hinder operation in the Graphics window try to adjust VideoCAD for the most comfortable working on your equipment and your projects Mark the Redraw 3D image
302. up menu is available within a frame appearing at clicking the right mouse button The entered text is a text marker and can be quickly found using the Find textl128 tool This is a very convenient and quick means for navigation on big layouts See also Constructions button group s0 Find texth2 O Mask When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal751 specifies the first vertex of rectangular mask Second clicking completes the mask construction The status barh4 displays the information on the mask sizes and location Using masks allows to cover any image parts Constructions 901 and texts 98 can be drawn over masks To cover separate construction fragments you can also use line of white color In the 3D window masks are not shown See also Constructions button group 90 Filling Filling is similar to a mask 98 but can be of any color and also in the form of different hatch type Color of filling is defined by the color of line type by which the filling is made and type of hatching or its absence by style of this line type Fillings as well as other objects could be edited 87 by moving separate vertexes and thus could be stretched on various objects In the 3D window fillings are not shown See also Constructions button group 90 S 3D model The button opens submenu in which there are 3D models which are present in the program library When any item in the submenu is chosen
303. utton The entered text is a text marker and can be quickly found using the Find textli20 tool This is a very convenient and quick means for navigation on big layouts See also Constructions button groupl 90 Find textl28 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 1 VideoCAD Lite Constructions gt Mask When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal 75 specifies the first vertex of rectangular mask Second clicking completes the mask construction The status barl144 displays the information on the mask sizes and location Using masks allows to cover any image parts Constructions 90 and texts 981 can be drawn over masks To cover separate construction fragments you can also use line of white color In the 3D window masks are not shown See also Constructions button groupo Constructions gt Filling Filling is similar to a mask 98 but can be of any color and also in the form of different hatch type Color of filling is defined by the color of line type by which the filling is made and type of hatching or its absence by style of this line type Fillings as well as other objects could be editedl87 by moving separate vertexes and thus could be stretched on various objects In the 3D window fillings are not shown 1 See also Constructions button grouple0 Constructions gt 3D model The button opens submenu in which there are 3D models which are present in the pr
304. utton Title Block again The drawing and frame will return to the memorized position Store positions of drawing In the lower part of the panel there is the Positions area By means of tools in this area it is 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com na VideoCAD Lite possible to store the adjustments and positions of the drawing and then quickly return to the stored positions This option is useful in case of repeated printing the same view after editing is carried out After adjustment of the drawing s position and frame before print click the Add button and enter any name of the position At printing the same view for returning to the stored position it is enough to select only the position s name in the combo box To return to position in the combo box after displacement click Show button To store new position under the name selected from the positions list click Save button To delete the selected position click Del button View gt View area edges Show the active camera view area edges calculated according to parameters h5 in the Camera Geometry box Line type can be changed in the options box 18 If the line type of cameral st coincides with default line type for camera icons specified in the Options box then for this camera the line type of View area edges is taken from the Options box gt Lines gt System line types gt Bounds 188 This line type is assigned to new cameras by default Camera 30 o
305. v ia B 05 X Sign cable Lic pl read Color Color x y 2 v Hese Weak N Power cable Ground 26 d PI Grid 3D objects PE dm 2 Color Sharpness area HFD Max height m Ee 2 Equa d s 15 v Focus Reflection Min height ao ne CS3 0 X Jf OK X Cancel 6 Default Help Left side of the tab In the left side of the tab you can see and change parameters of any VideoCAD line type Up to 2000 types of lines can be used in VideoCAD7 project Parameters in the left side of the tab e Number the number of the displayed line type Each line type has unique number from 1 to 2000 e Name the name of the line type The name can be changed Style the name of line style It can be chosen from the list Solid Dash Short Dash DashDot DashDotDot etc Cable If the box is checked then line segments 92 made by this line type are considered as cables Their lengths are included in the cable reportl138 their names present in the Cable brand lists in the Signal cablebo and Power cablebo length calculation boxes e Screen width line width on the screen pix Print width line width when printing mm inch e Screen color line color on the screen Print color line color when printing Parameters relating to the 3D window e Maximum height maximum height above the ground of 3D objects 90 made by the line of this type Also the height above the ground of 3D models 28 e Minimum height min
306. visible light luminaire 232 Arc 80 81 105 107 arrow keys 148 articles 259 Aspect ratio 152 157 Assign 160 190 assign new shortcuts 190 Assign to selected cameras 81 150 assigned shortcuts 190 Assigning the pattern to cameras 166 At grid 107 attenuate sensitivity 227 attenuation filters 227 AUTO 153 160 166 AutoCAD 107 216 AutoCAD DWG 255 AutoCAD DXF 255 AutoCAD format 218 AutoCAD unit per meter 195 automatic gain control 225 automatic grid step selection 81 auxiliary constructions 150 Average brightness 227 234 236 axial light intencity candel 232 Axial radiant intensity watt steradian 232 B background 41 107 169 171 216 221 Background illumination Ix 225 Background light source 225 Background only 105 107 Background res 192 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com background resolution 171 Backgrounds 75 base point for the copying 220 base points 75 big size drawings 195 bitmap 216 bit mapped fonts 188 black line 75 Black and white Blend Hatch 160 BMP WMF EMF GIF TIF PNG JPG 195 Bold 188 bottom of the graphics window 142 bottom left corner 141 boundary resolution 220 brand of cables 246 brightness 171 192 221 brightness drops 153 brightness limitation 230 Bring to front 105 107 buttons of Constructions group 220 By calibrated attenuation filter 227 By calibrated manual iris lens 227 By limiting exposure time of electronic shutter 227
307. w area upper bound distanceh5 Fs and view area upper bound heighth5 5 are located Current distance and height values are digitally shown under the buttons It is recommended to set view area upper bound height which is equal to maximal height of observed objects and do not change it further Further adjust camera s inclination by changing only the view area upper bound distance On the right and to the left of the frame there are camera rotation buttons Under the frame there are buttons which change the height of camera installationh s t 4 Current value of height is digitally shown above the buttons Near by them the lens focal length 153 E2 combo box is located Value in the box can be selected from the list or entered from the keyboard Using these tools it is possible to rotate the camera in both planes change lens focal length and 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 173 height of installation To change the position on one step click corresponding button For continuous moving bring the cursor to the button then press it and do not release the left mouse button For precise position adjustment do the same but with pressed Ctrl In the PTZH frame mode you can pan and tilt the camera by moving the image like moving drawing in the Graphics window Press left mouse button move cursor with the button pressed then release the mouse button Camera tilt angle is changed through chan
308. ware http www cctvcad com VideoCAD Lite 3D window Image Scene Camera Processing View Speed Help Screen resolution ls LA Real image A 1 resolution e Calculate and model depth of field of each camera in project Depth of field Camera 34 Bounding resolution Aperture TYL Height m 1 2 1538 Auto Iris lens Insert in report Selected cameras Resolution TYL e Model DVR parameters brightness contrast compression horizontal and vertical sharpness e Obtain Image Modelle for each camera in the project based on models of scene and equipment This image can be printed and saved 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com General information on VideoCAD 7 Starter e Model moving objects s1 camera frame ratebs create animated images with moving 3D models e Model blur and distortionl243 of moving 3D models depending on camera parameters e Create animated monitor models 239 as html files with moving 3D models and different frame rates of each camera as html files with moving 3D models and different frame rates of each camera Download VideoCAD Professional demo version 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Definitions 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com Definitions 41 4 Definitions Camera view area A d
309. ween layouts in the graphics window use the shortcut Ctrl TAB 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http ww cctvcad com Interface 205 7 10 Signal cable length calculation box Graphics window Main menu Ca bl es Cable brand Signal cable Signal cable Camera 2 Total length of all segments in layouts m 0 Reserve for cable laying 10 Reserve for camera connection m 2 Reserve for receiver connection m 2 Cable length including reserves m 4 Cable coil size m 250 Cable coil number 1 Cable surplus m 246 ATP X Cancel l Help VideoCAD summarises the lengths of all the segments considers the reserves and calculates the total length of cable To change the default parameters and obtain the calculation results double click on any cable segment or click Signal cableho again A dialog box of the same name appears after that Cable brand In this box you can assign a brand to the signal cable of the active camera Cable brands are Names of line typeshs which are considered as cables the Cable box in the line type parameters 1881 is checked Thus we assign simultaneously cable brand and correspondent line type by which the cable will be drawn on layouts We can obtain Cable reportf13 which contains cable lengths of each brand separately The results of the cables calculation on each individual camera and on the project as a whole are included into the text file obtained b
310. what you are viewing or doing To get detailed information about any component box or menu item move the input focus mouse cursor to the component and press F1 To get detailed information about any button on the Tool bar right click on it then choose What s 1 lt NN OS 2e TR YY k this pop up item 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvead com Interface 7 Interface The VideoCAD Lite interface consists of the Graphics windowl74 and the additional windows and boxes Camera Geometry h5 Spatial resolutionfs 3D window6 Monitor windowl174 Options boxhs Camera list od Serial numeration of cameras oA Layouts kod Signal cable length calculation box 20A Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation box Po Length calculation of line segments 208 You can open any window or box from the Graphics window VideoCAD employs a context sensitive help system This means that the program tries to direct you to the portion of the help system that is most likely to answer your question based on what you are viewing or doing To get detailed information about any component or menu item move the input focus mouse cursor to the component and press F1 To get detailed information about any button on the Tool bar right click on it then choose What s this pop up item Mouse Any Wheel Mouse is particu
311. window and view area projections on the layout choose the optimal camera position and its lens focal length 85 External link The principles of CCTV design in VideoCAD Part I Camera view area pdf 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 26 VideoCAD Lite 8 2 Example 2 Choice of cameras quantity and location Problem It is required to monitor a room of arbitrary form and sizes Person detection is required at all the space of a room Person identification is requires beside an entrance door a safe and a manager s table The manager s workplace itself must not hit in the view area Cameras might be installed anywhere though not lower than 2 5 m It is required to choose the camera quantity lenses locations and cables Solution 1 Create project o W and Camerafo 2 Using the tools of Constructions group 901 create an actual plan of a room All the details are not to be kept our task is to observe the sizes carefully lt is possible to load as a backgroundh1 prepared drawing in any of the following formats bmp a bitmap e g the layout scanned from a paper copy dxf AutoCAD format created in AutoCAD or other program supporting export to dxf dwg AutoCAD format created in AutoCAD or other program supporting export to dwg jpg the compressed image e g a digital picture of the plan wmf emf Windows Metafile export to wmf is supported by the majority of
312. xamples of work with VideoCAD 2a On the images in the Field of viewh6 column you can see which part of the field of view people at the far bound of each region will cover i ZZ Resolution Field of View 164pixfobj See details Spatial resolution box 58 7 Keep the Spatial resolution box opened It is convenient to keep the Spatial resolution DESERT box opened during the analysis of spatial Pattem resolution in the Graphics window Comparing Home Office Scientific Development v I camera color of regions on the layout with colors in the Pattern criterion Height Gbject PEN Table of regions h6 in the Spatial resolution of Field of view for object Mauro Bliss box on the images in the Resolutionf6 and Vertical resolution of camera Field of iewh6 columns you can immediately le Zc see the expected resolution and field of view ile ree Resolution Field of View size at every point of view area of each camera Monitor and Control Please also see this Example in the VideoCAD 7 Professional Help system 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 2 VideoCAD Lite 8 23 Example 23 Choosing install location for PTZ camera Problem We have a three dimensional model of a complex environment We should choose the best install location for PTZ dome camera so that the areas you want to monitor should be not shaded by objects of the environment Order
313. y Export to Textho See also Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation boxleo8 ViewsActive camera cablesh 1 View gt All cameras cablesh1 Length calculation of line seqmentsleo8l Cable reporths 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com 206 VideoCAD Lite 7 11 Power cable electrical parameters and length calculation box Graphics window Main menu Cables Power cable Power cable Camera 2 Cable brand Line 26 Conductor cross section area mm2 Total length of all segments in layouts m Conductor diameter mm Reserve for cable laying AWG Cable resistance Ohm Reserve for camera connection m ne Reserve for source connection m Voltage at cable start v Cable length including reserves m Consumption current 4 Cable coil size m Quantity of cameras Cable coil number Voltage at cable end V Cable surplus m VideoCAD summarizes the lengths of all the segments considers the reserves and calculates the total length of cable To change the default parameters and obtain the calculation results double click on any cable segment or click Power cableho again A dialog box of the same name appears after that enabling to choose a section area of power cable to fit the requirements of camera voltage supply It is assumed that the conductor material is copper and the conductor temperature is 50 C Cable brand In this box you can assign a brand to the power cable
314. y to the first one GE N You can also switch the orientation quickly by pressing the Space bar 2003 2012 CCTVCAD Software http www cctvcad com Interface For modeling complex apertures it is possible to editls7 the Apertures by points moving its vertexes When moving separate vertexes press Ctrl You can create complex apertures using several intersecting apertures See also Walll95 Constructions button group 90 Circle When this button is pressed the first clicking on the graphics areal75 specifies the center of a circle Second clicking completes the circle construction The status barh4 displays the information on the sizes and location of the circle To switch the circle into the editing state you need to double click on its center or on the point on its radius that appears during the process of construction In the 3D windowlh6 a cylinder will be displayed in the circle place Default minimal and maximal heights of the cylinder are determined by the line typeh s which constructs the circle The heights can be set separately for each circle by means of current construction parameters panell4 on which it is also possible to set coordinates of the circle in numeric values Color of the cylinder is determined only by line typehs which is used at constructing On the current construction parameters panel it is possible to set and fix parameters of the circle coordinates of the center and

User manual of VideoCAD_7 Lite in PDF format

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents